armahes power generation co. muratli weir, hepp & concrete ...

ARMAHES POWER GENERATION CO.

MURATLI WEIR, HEPP & CONCRETE PLANT PROJECT

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

REPORT

SARPKAYA VILLAGE OF CAMOLUK DISTRICT OF GIRESUN PROVINCE ,

YAYLACAYI VILLAGE OF GOLOVA DISTRICT OF SIVAS PROVINCE (KELKIT BROOK )

EIA Report Final EIA Report

GIRESUN-SIVAS 2009

ppm pollution prevention and management co. ltd. ppm pollution prevention and management ltd. co.

Sumer - 2 Street No:34/15, Kizilay/ANKARA Phn Nu: (312) 231 41 69 – 230 23 69 Fax: (312) 230 23 69

e-mail: [email protected] www. ppm.com.tr

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

PC

Typewritten Text

PC

Typewritten Text

REVISION DATE FEBRUARY 05, 2010

wb350881

Typewritten Text

E2065 v3

Armahes Power Generation Company Muratli Weir, HEPP and Concrete Plant Project

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents ii List of Tables viii List of Figures x List of Appendicies xi Abbreviations xii Part I: Description and Aim Of The Project ......................................................................... 1 Part II : The Location Of Chosen Place For The Project....................................................... 4 II.1. The Place Of The Project (The Showing of Project’s Place Which Is Accuracy Approved by Governorship Concerned or Municipalitiy On The Approved Environment Formation Plan and Ground Plans Which Lejant and Plan Notes Also Take Place or On The Existing Field Use Map If There Aren’t These Plans)................................................... 4 II.2. The Position Of Units Within the Context Of The Project(Including Concrete Plant),Technical Underwork Units, Administrative and Social Units, Other Units If There Are,Open and Closed Areas’ Sizes Which Are Determined For These,The Designation Of These Units In The Project Area On The Condition Plan or Layout, The Similar Designations Of Representational Figures and Models With Other Techniques.................. 6 Part III: Project’s Economic and Social Dimensions ............................................................ 8 III.1. Investment Programme and Financial Sources About The Realization of The Project8 III.2. Work Flow Chart and Timing Table About The Realization of The Project ............... 8 III.3. Benefit-Cost Analysis Of Project, ................................................................................ 9 III.4. The Other Economic,Social and Underwork Projects Which Aren’t Within The Context Of The Project But Designed to Perform By The Owner Of The Project or The Other Investors Related To Project’s Realization ............................................................... 10 III.5. The Other Economic,Social and Underwork Projects Which Aren’t Within The Context Of The Project But Essential For The Realization Of The Project and Planned To Be Performed By The Owner Of The Project or Other Investors ....................................... 10 III.6. How To Do Expropriation and/or Resettlement,........................................................ 11 III.7. Other Considerations .................................................................................................. 11 Part IV: Determination of The Area Which Will Be Influenced From Regulator, HEP and Concrete Plant That Takes Place Within The Context Of The Project and Explanation Of Existing Environmental Features In This Area ................................................................... 12 IV.1. Determination Of Influenced Area From Project (Influence Area Will Be Explained How and According To What was determined and Influence Area Will Be Shown On The Map) .................................................................................................................................... 12 IV.2. Features Of Physical and Biological Environment In The Influence Area,Usage Of The Natural Sources ............................................................................................................ 12 IV.2.1. Meteorological and Climatic Features .................................................................... 12


iii

IV.2.2. Jeological Features(Observation Under The Titles Of Physico-Chemical Features of Jeological Structure,Tectonic Movements, Mineral Sources, Landslide, Unique Formations, Avalanche, Flood, Rock Fall, Jeological Map and Lejant Of 1/100000,1/25000 and/or 1/5000) ..................................................................................................................... 16 IV.2.3. Hydrological Features of Groundwater and Thermal Water Sources (Water Levels, Quantities, Safe Gravity Values, Flows Of Sources, Existing and Planned Usage) .......... 27 IV.2.4 Hydrological and Ecological Features of Shallow Water Sources........................... 28 IV.2.5. Existing and Planned Usage of Shallow Water Sources (Drinking, Using, Watering, Fishery Products, Intercommunication, Tourism, Electricity Production, Other Usages ... 28 IV.2.6. Soil Features and Usage Condition(Soil’s Physical-Chemical-Biological Features,Area Usage Ability,Classification,Erosion,Soil’s Existing Usage) ...................... 29 IV.2.7. Agricultural Areas(Agricultural Development Project Areas,Special Product PlantationAreas)Size Of The Watery and Unwatered Agricultural Fields,Product Patterns and Yearly Production Amount of These ............................................................................ 29 IV.2.8. Forest Lands( Tree Species and Amounts,Size Of Covered Fields and It’s Being Closed,Existing and Planned Preservation and Usage Aims of These................................ 30 IV.2.9. Preservation Areas (National Parks,Nature Parks,Nature Monuments,Nature Preservation Areas,Wild Life Preservation Areas,Biogenetic Reserve Areas,Natural Protected Areas and Monuments,History,Cultural Protected Areas,Special Environment Preservation Regions,Special Environment Preservation Areas,Tourism Areas and Centers,Areas Within The Context Of Feeding Ground Law ............................................. 30 IV.2.10. Mines and Fossil Fuel Sources (Reserve Amounts,Existing and Planned Establishment Conditions, Annual Productions and Their Importance and Economic Values For Country or Native Usages)................................................................................ 31 IV.2.11. Livestock(Species,NutritionAreas,Annual Production Ammounts,These Products’ Place and Value in Country’s Economy ) ........................................................................... 31 IV.2.12. Areas Under Judgement and Savings of Authorized Agencies of The Nation(Military Forbidden Regions, Appropriated Lands For Definite Purposes To Public Body and Establishments,etc.) ............................................................................................ 33 IV.2.13. Other Features ....................................................................................................... 33 IV.3. Features of Socio-Economical Environment.............................................................. 33 IV.3.1. Economical Features(Main Sectors Made Up District’s Economical Structure,Distribution of Local Work Potency To These Sectors, Place and Importance in Local and Nation’s Economy in Sectors’ Goods and Service Production ,Other Information............................................................................................................................................. 33 IV.3.2. Population (Urban and Rural Population In District, Population Movements; Emigration, Population Increase Rates, Average House People Population, Other Information .......................................................................................................................... 33 IV.3.3. Income (Distribution Of District’s Income To Job Branches, Maximum, Minimum and Average Individual Earnings In Consideration of Job Branches) ................................ 34


iv

IV.3.4. Unemployment(Unemployed Population In District and Proportion to Active Population............................................................................................................................ 34 IV.3.5. Social Infrastructure Services in District(Education,Health Cultural Services and Beneficiary Status Of These Services) ................................................................................ 35 IV.3.6. Urban and Rural Area Usages (Distribution of Settling Areas, Existing and Planned Usage Areas , In This Context Industry Regions,Houses,Tourism Areas etc.)................... 36 IV.3.7. Other Features ......................................................................................................... 36 Part V: Influences On the Area Described In Part IV Of The Project and Precautions That Will Be Taken...................................................................................................................... 37 V.1. Preparation Of The Area, Projects In The Instruction and Establishment Stage, Effects On Physical and Biological Environment and Precautions That Will Be Taken (Weir, HEPP, Conveyance Tunnel, Conveyance Channel, Including Concrete Plant). ................. 37 V.1.1. Where and How Much Space Will Be Excavated Within The Context Of Work That Will Be Done For Preparation Of The Area ,Excavation Amount, Where To Be Transported Excavation Like Soil,Stone,Sand Etc. ,Where To Be Stored And Which Purposes They Will Be Used, Materials Used At The Time Of The Excavation ............... 37 V.1.2. Moving Flammable,Explosive,Dangerous,Toxic and Chemical Ones At The Time Of The Preparation Of The Area and Also In Using Matters For Construction Of The Units,Tools and Machines That Will Be Used For These Dealings.................................... 38 V.1.3. Flood Protection and Drainage Operations .............................................................. 39 V.1.4. The Amounts Of The Matters Like Stone,Sand,Gravel etc Which Will Be Taken Out Because of Transactions Like Digging, Bottom Sweep That Will Be Become True With Any Purpose In The Water Environment Of The Project Area , Where To Be Moved or Which Purposes They Will Be Used For, ....................................................................... 40 V.1.5. Where, How and How Much Matters Used Will Be Ensured Because Of The Construction Of The Weir, HEPP and Tunnel, ................................................................... 40 V.1.6. The Capacity Of Concrete Plant Establishment, Technology, Production Quantities Of Work Time (day-month-year), Transport Infrastructure Plan, Infrastructure Operations Related With The Construction,Machine Equipments That Will Be Used,........................ 40 V.1.7. Ground Safety, Landslide(High Landslide Risk In The Region Also Be Considered.)Making Operations Not To Happen A Water Leakage,Measures That Will Be Taken In Construction Of The Tunnel and Channel ........................................................... 42 V.1.8. Type and Numbers Of The Trees That Will Be Cut So As To Ensure The Necessary Area For The Preparation and Construction Area,Influences Of The Trees That Will Be Cut On The Forest Ecosystem In The Region, Natural Plant Species That Will Be Eliminated and In How Much Space This Work Will Be, Impacts On Fauna That May Be,............................................................................................................................................. 45 V.1.9. Preparation Of The Area,The Size Of The Agriculture Areas That Will Be Charged Off So As To Ensure The Necessary Area For Construction Of The Area,Their Land Use Capabilities ,Types Of Agriculture Products,...................................................................... 45


v

V.1.10. Types Of Fuel That Will Be Used In Business From The Preparation Of The Area To Opening The Units , Their Features,Emissions That Will Arise, .................................. 45 V.1.11. Water Quantities Taken From The Sources That Water Will Be Ensured To Be Used Within The Context Of The Project,Water Supply System and Amounts According To Usage Purposes Of These Waters ,Kinds and Amounts Of Waste Water That Will Occur,The Environments That They Will Be Discharged, ................................................. 47 V.1.12. Solid Waste Amount That Will Happen From The Preparation Of The Area To Opening The Units, How It Will Be Avoided, .................................................................... 50 V.1.13. Vibration That Will Happen Because Of Operations Beginning From The Preparation Of The Area To Opening The Units, Sources and Level Of Noise, Cumulative Values, ................................................................................................................................. 52 V.1.14. Where and How The Housing and Other Technique/Social Infrastructure Needs Of The Personnel and People Related to This Personnel That Will Work In Operations Beginning From The Preparation Of The Area To Opening The Units Will Be Provided,73 V.1.15. Risky and Dangerous Ones For People Health and Environment From Operations Which Will Be Continued From The Preparation Of The Area To Opening The Units,.... 74 V.1.16. Creating Landscape Items In The Project Area or In How Much Space and How The Area Arrangements (Forestations and/or Green Land Arrangements etc.)Will Be Done For The Other Purposes,Plant and Tree Species That Will Be Chosen For This,............... 76 V.1.17. Determination Of The Distance and The Influences That Will Happen On Culture and Nature Livings(Traditional Urban Configuration,Nature Values That Should Be Protected) That Are Underground and Aboveground Of The Project,................................ 77 V.1.18. Other Features......................................................................................................... 78 V.2. Projects At The Stage Of Operating The Project,Influences On Physical and Biological Environment and Precautions That Will Be Taken, .......................................... 78 V.2.1. Features Of All Units Within The Context Of The Project,Which Actions Will Be Performed In Which Units,Their Capacities,Goods and/or Services That Will Be Produced In Units,Production Amounts Of The Final Product and By Product, ................................ 78 V.2.2. The Distances That Should Be Protected With The Law Of National and International For Needed Areas and Influences On These Areas, ...................................... 82 V.2.3. Usage Of The Source and Influences That Will Happen On Water Quality and Livings In Water Environment As A Result Of Keeping Water In The Weir Structure Transition Structures Belonging To Fish Species That Are Determined For The Project, . 82 V.2.4. Amount of Environmental Water to Be Released from the Weir and Its Calculation Method................................................................................................................................. 83 V.2.5. Changes That Will Happen As A Result Of Usage Of Source That Water Will Be Ensured(Erosion,River Hydrology,Life In Water,Coming Of Sediment Etc.), .................. 88 V.2.6. Other Usage Types and The Effects Belonging to Resource If Available, (Projects That Takes Place In The Foundation Of The Project,Water Channels,Dams etc.),Taking Into Account Of The Structures In Life Of Water Calculation ........................................... 89


vi

V.2.7. Influences That Will Be Able To Happen On Underground and Aboveground Water Sources, ............................................................................................................................... 89 V.2.8. Where and How The House and Other Technique/Social Underwork Needs Of The Personnel That Will Work During The Establishment Of The Project and People Related to This Personnel Will Be Ensured,......................................................................................... 90 V.2.9. Detailing About The Process Of Refining Association Characteristic That Will Be Apllied For Refining The Waste Water That Will Be After Using The Water For The Purposes Of Drinking and Using In Administrative and Social Units, Waste Water That Are Refined Will Be Given To Which Receiver Environments,How Much and How,...... 90 V.2.10. Solid Waste Amounts and Features That Will Be Formed From House ,Social and Administrative Associations, Where and How These Wastes Will Be Moved or For Which Purposes and How They Will Be Reappraised,................................................................... 91 V.2.11. The Sources Of Noise That Will Happen At The Stage Of Project Unıts’ Establishment and Precautions That Will Be Taken For Its Control, ................................. 91 V.2.12. The Description Of The Influences That Will Happen To Forest Areas and Precautions That Will Be Taken Against These Effects, .................................................... 92 V.2.13. Other Features......................................................................................................... 93 V.3. Project’s Influences On Socio-Economic Environment .............................................. 93 V.3.1. Income Increases That Are Waited For Performing With The Project;Employment Opportunities That Will Be Created; Population Movements,Emigration,Education,Health, Culture,Other Social and Technique Infrastructure Services and Changes In Conditions That Are Benefited From These Services Etc, .................................................................... 93 V.3.2. The Analysis Of Environmental Benefit-Cost.......................................................... 94 Part VI : Influences That Will Happen and Go On After Closing Down The Establishment Activity and Precautions That Will Be Taken Against These Effects ................................ 96 VI.1. Land Reclamation ...................................................................................................... 96 VI.2. Land Reclamation That Will Be Made In Project’s Area and Rock Crusher Association and Advertisement Studies .............................................................................. 96 VI.3. The Influences Of Existing Water Sources, ............................................................... 97 Part VII : Alternatives Of The Project................................................................................. 98 Part VIII: Monitoring Programs ........................................................................................ 101 VIII.1. Recommended Monitoring Program For Construction Activities, Establishment Of The Activities , Recommended Monitoring Program For After Establishment, Emergency Response Plan,................................................................................................................... 101 VIII.2. In Case of Being Given Affirmative Certificate Of EIA ,Program That Is About Performing The Points That Take Place In The Second Paragraph Of “Obligations Of Associatons and Establishments That Get Competence Certificate” Title In Competence Notification........................................................................................................................ 102 Part IX : Public Participation Meeting .............................................................................. 104


vii

Part X : Not A Technical Summary Of The Information Given Under The Titles........... 106 Above ................................................................................................................................ 106 Part XI: Consequences ...................................................................................................... 108


viii

LIST OF TABLES Table 1 Storage Area Coordinates......................................................................................... 7 Table 2 Building Site Facility Coordinates ........................................................................... 7 Table 3 Muratli Weir ,Areas Covered By Units That Take Place Within The Context Of

Muratli HEPP Project .................................................................................................... 7 Table 4 Investment Costs About The Units Places ............................................................... 8 Table 5 Muratli Weir and HEPP Work Flow Schema(Scheduling Table)............................ 8 Table 6 Wind Values(Observation Time 32 Years) ............................................................ 12 Table 7 Average Wind Speed on Wind Direction and Total Number of Blowing ............. 12 Table 8 Temperature Values(Observation Time 32 Years)................................................. 14 Table 9 Raining Values(Observation Time 32 Years) ........................................................ 14 Table 10 Relative Humiditive Values(Observation Time 32 Years) .................................. 15 Table 11 Counted Days(Observation Time 32 Years) ........................................................ 16 Table 12 Golova District Animal Presence ......................................................................... 32 Table 13 Golova District’s Beekeeping Datas Of The Year 2007 ...................................... 32 Table 14 Golova District’s Fishery Products’ Datas Of The Year 2007............................. 32 Table 15 Populations Of Yaylaçayı and Sarpkaya Villages................................................ 34 Table 16 Emigration Conditions Of Sivas and Giresun Cities............................................ 34 Table 17 GDP As Of Cities In The Year Of 2001 .............................................................. 34 Table 18 GDP For Capita As Of Cities In The Year Of 2001............................................. 34 Table 19 GDP Values According To Districts (Golova and Camoluk Districts)In The Year

Of 1996........................................................................................................................ 34 Table 20 Numeric Datas Concerning Elementary Scholls Of Golova District ................... 35 Table 21 Area Usage Condition Concerning Camoluk District .......................................... 36 Table 22 Amounts Of Excavation That Will Be Done Within The Context Of The Project

..................................................................................................................................... 37 Table 23 Equipment That Will Be Used In The Operation Of Excavation......................... 37 Table 24 List Of Machine-Equipment That Is Planned To Establish Within The Context Of

Concrete Plant Facilities.............................................................................................. 40 Table 25. . Change of Noise Level with respect to Distance............................................... 42 Table 26 Chemical Features Of Diesel Fuel........................................................................ 46 Table 27 Emission Predictions That Will Originate From Construction Machineries........ 46 Table 28 Some Typical Features Of Wastewaters Having The Quality Of Domestic ........ 49 Table 29 Environmental Noise Border Values For Building Site ...................................... 53 Table 30 Equipment Type and Sound Power Levels Identified According to Effective

Capacity Level............................................................................................................. 53 Table 31 Engine Powers of Machineries That Will Be Used In Project ............................. 54 Table 32 Probable Noise Sources and Levels In Project Area ............................................ 55 Table 33 Atmospherical Absorption Calculation ................................................................ 56 Table 34 Correction Factors ................................................................................................ 56 Table 35 Sound Pressure Level In 4 Octave Band For Machines That Will Be Used In

Weir Area-Settling ditch-Head pond-Penstock-Power Plant Building Area............... 57 Table 36 Clear Sound Level In 4 Octave According To Distances In Weir Area-Settling

ditch-Head pond-Penstock-Power Plant Building Area .............................................. 58 Table 37 Clear Sound Pressure Level Corrected For Weir Area-Settling ditch-Head pond-

Penstock-Power Plant Building Area .......................................................................... 59 Table 38 Total Sound Level According To Distances In 4 Octave Band That All Noise

Sources Will Be Used In Weir Area-Settling ditch-Head pond-Penstock-Power Plant Building Area .............................................................................................................. 60


ix

Table 39 Environmental Noise Border Values For Building Site Area .............................. 61 Table 40 Change of Noise Level with respect to Distance When Excavator, Loader and

Truck Is Working ........................................................................................................ 62 Table 41 Change of Noise Level with respect to Distance When Transmixer And Concrete

Pump Is Working......................................................................................................... 63 Table 42 Sound Pressure Level In 4 Octave Band For Machineries That Will Be Used In

Conveyance Channel 1 and 2 Areas ............................................................................ 63 Table 43 Clear Sound Level For 4 Octave Band According To Distances In Conveyance

Channel 1 and 2 Areas................................................................................................. 65 Table 44 Corrected Clear Sound Pressure Level For Conveyance Channel 1 and 2 Areas 66 Table 45 Total Sound Level According To Distances In 4 Octave Band That All Noise

Sources Will Be Used In Conveyance Channel 1 and 2 Areas ................................... 67 Table 46 Sound Pressure Level In 4 Octave Band For Machineries That Will Be Used In

Building Site Facility................................................................................................... 68 Table 47 Clear Sound Level For 4 Octave Band According To Distances In Building Site

Facility ......................................................................................................................... 69 Table 48 Corrected Clear Sound Pressure Level For Building Site Facility....................... 70 Table 49 Total Sound Level According To Distances In 4 Octave Band That All Noise

Sources Will Be Used In Building Site Facility .......................................................... 71 Table 50. Change of Vibration with respect to Distance When W=2 kg ............................ 72 Table 51 Change of Noise Level Originated from Blasting with respect to Distance ........ 73 Table 52 Technical Details Concerning Units That Take Place Within The Project .......... 80 Table 53 Muratli Weir and Annual Average Flow Values Of HEPP (m3 /sn).................... 84 Table 54 Amount Of Environmental Water to be Released from the Weir in Rainy and

Arid Periods................................................................................................................. 85 Table 55 Main Benefit and Costs Belonging To Suggested Project Facilities.................... 95


x

LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1 Site Location Map................................................................................................... 4 Figure 2: The Place Of Muratli Weir .................................................................................... 5 Figure 3 Muratli Conveyance Area ....................................................................................... 5 Figure 4 The Place Of Muratli HEPP.................................................................................... 6 Figure 5 Wind Rose According To Sebinkarahisar District Average Wind Speed............. 13 Figure 6 Wind Rose According To Sebinkarahisar District Total Of Wind Numbers........ 13 Figure 7 Temperature Values’ Graphic ............................................................................... 14 Figure 8 Rain Values’ Graphic............................................................................................ 15 Figure 9 Average Annual Relative Humidity Values.......................................................... 15 Figure 10 Appearance Of Project’s Area On Turkey’s Active Fault Map.......................... 23 Figure 11 Giresun and Sivas’ Earthquake Map................................................................... 24 Figure 12 Typical Layout of a Concrete Plant .................................................................... 41 Figure 13 Noise Levels According To Distances In Weir Area- Settling ditch-Head pond-

Penstock–Power Plant Building Area ......................................................................... 61 Figure 14 Noise Levels According To Distances In The Areas Of Conveyance Channel 1

and 2 ............................................................................................................................ 67 Figure 15 Noise Levels According To Distances In Building Site Facility ........................ 71 Figure 16 A Map That Shows Locations of FOS on Kelkit Basin ...................................... 83 Figure 17 Drawing on Details of Fish Passage ................................................................... 86 Figure 18. Conventional pool pass (longitudinal section and pool structure) ..................... 87 Figure 19 An Appearance From A Meeting In Yaylacayı Village.................................... 105 Figure 20 An Appearance From A Meeting In Sarpkaya Village..................................... 105


xi

APPENDICES Appendix-1 Document That EIA Is Not Required Appendix -2 Special Format Of EIA Report Appendix -3 1/25.000 Scaled General Settlement Plans and 1/5000 Scaled Plan Appendix -4 Meteorology Bulletin Appendix -5 Jeological Maps Appendix -6 Earthquake Risk Analysis Study Appendix -7 Water Quality Analysis Resources Appendix -8 Corporation Opinions Appendix -9 Stand Map Appendix -10 Map Of Hunting Areas Appendix -11 Flora Appendix -12 Fauna Appendix -13 Plans and Cross Sections Belonging To Unit Places Appendix- 14 Clarifications on the Subjects Discussed in Muratli HEPP Project

Public Consultation Meeting DESCRIPTION OF PERSONNEL WHO PREPARED EIA REPORT


xii

ABBREVIATIONS USA United States Of America Ag Silver FOS Flow Observation Station TSS Total Suspended Substance ERP Emergency Response Plan Au Gold C. Corporation see See BOD Biological Oxygen Demand CPF Concrete Plant Facility C Centigrade CITES Agreement Concerning Endangered Wild Animals and Plant Species On

International Trade cm Centimeter Cu Copper EIA Environmental Impact Assessment dBA A-Weighted decibel SPO State Planning Organization SHW General Directorate For State Hydraulic Works EPRSDA Electric Power Resources Survey and Development Administration EMRA Energy Market Regulatory Authority EPC Electricity Production Corporation EMRA Energy Market Regulatory Authority Fe Iron g Gram NI Turkey’s National Income ha Hectare HC Hydrocarbon HEP Hydroelectric Plant HKDYY Regulations Of Air Pollution Assessment and Administration hm3 Hectometercube hPa HectoPascal Hz Hertz IRR Internal Rate Of Return IUCN Red List Of Endangered Species Under Danger RSWC Regulations Of Solid Waste Control BEF Breaking Elimination Facility kg Kilogram


xiii

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand km Kilometre kV Kilovolt kVA Kilo volt amperage L Liter m Metre CHC Central Hunting Commission mm Milimetre Mn Manganese GDMRE General Directorate Of Mineral Research and Exploration MW Mega Watt m/s Metre/second m2 Square Metre m3/h Metrecube/hour Nu. Number NOx Nitric Oxide NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit IBA Important Bird Area Pb Lead PM Particle Matter h Hour s Second RAPCOI Regulations Of Air Pollution Control Originating From Industry RWPC Regulations Of Water Pollution Control T.R. Turkish Republic TETC Turkish Electricity Transfer C. TL Turkish Lira TPCA Turkish Petroleum Corporation Association TSI Turkish Statistical Institute USEPA United States Of America Environment Protection Agency etc. Et cetera Zn Zinc º Degree % Per cent ‰ Per thousand oC Celcius Degree µS/cm microsiemens/centimetre µ micro


1

Part I: Description and Aim Of The Project (Project’s subject, activity’s description, its life, service purposes, market or service areas and importance and necessities in scales of country, region and/or city in terms of economy and social in this area) Existing Condition Concerning The Project Muratli Weir and Hydroelectric Power Plant (HEPP) is planned to be done on Kelkit

Brook within the borders of Sarpkaya Village of Camoluk District of Giresun Province and Yaylacayı Village of Golova District of Sivas Province in the Eastern Black Sea Region.

Exercised EIA studies in 2007 within the context of Muratı Weir , HPP and Borrow

Pits Project, Document of “EIA IS NOT REQUIRED.” has been taken in 31.12.2007 date and 73129 numbered writing appendix of T.R Ministry Of Environment and Forestry General Directorate Of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and Planning.(see in Appendix-1)

For the purpose of project’s being actualized, aforesaid EIA Report is prepared for

24th Article of (b) barrage of EIA Regulations so as to be able to be got credit. Project Special Format that has been given by General Directorate of EIA and Planning is presented in Appendix-2.

Project planned for the purpose of producing energy will be built on Kelkit Brook on

961 m river bed level. Kelkit Brook’s water converted with Muratli Weir will be transferred to head pond with conveyance tunnels and conveyance channels and will be directed to Muratli HEPP by means of penstock line.Thus , 103.010 GWs energy will be produced with 37,70 MW established power on Muratli HEPP in a year.

Produced electric energy in generetors of Muratli HEPP will be entered to 154 kV Muratli HEPP switch after raised to 33 kV in unit transformers raised to 154 kV tension level with 46 MVA main transformer outside of plant building. It will be connected in the form of input-output with 1272 MCM conductive Energy Transfer Line from 154 kV switch area to 10 km away from Suşehri-Erzincan Energy Transfer Line and will be transferred to interconnected system. EIA Positive Decision will be obtained from the Turkish Ministry of Environment and Forestry for the EIA Report of transmission lines. As soon as this decision is obtained, the EIA Report will be submitted to the World Bank.

Project is composed of derivation channel, fountain and downstream cofferdams,

weir, gravel passage, water intake structure, stilling pool, settling ditch,conveyance tunnels, conveyance channels, head pond, penstockand power plant building. This Project does not enclose any dam type construction. Therefore, bank policy on Safety of Dam is not applicable in this project. Borrow pits aren’t in the project that is anticipated to be done. Project’s life is anticipated as 49 years.

Within the context of the project,one building site facility,one concrete plant and one

cover moulding area will be run. In Building Site Facility, social service building for personnel who will work within the context of the project will satisfy their needs and stay, administrative building and prepared concrete facility will be built.


2

Service purpose, market or service areas and importance and necessities in scales of country ,region and/or city in terms of economy and social in this area Energy and consumption of electric energy in this frame is an important sign of

economic development and social welfare. Usage ease, being able to be converted to other energy types any time and energy consumption per head in a country because of the currency in daily life,it is accepted as a sign of development and living standart of that country’s national income level.

Like the other countries in the world , in our country our energy needs also increase

continually depends on development.Consequently, our energy need’s fulfilment in non-stop,qualified,dependable and influencing the environment economically in the lest negative way is necessary.

For the purpose of providing sustainable development, assessment of our renewable

energy that is clean and environment friendly energy by developing in maximum level is an important case. Hydroelectric energy constitutes the greatest importance of energy source among renewable energy sources.

In addition to plants of fosil , nuclear fuelled thermic and natural gas in electric energy production , there are two important features of hydroelectric plants like renewable and plant work. Hydroelectric energy that provides energy demand immediately that is increasing and decreasing in certain hours a day and has the feature of exiting from the period immediately when demands are decreasing has an important place among the other energy production facilities.

566 HEPP projects are planned for the purpose of making use of our country’s

rivers’ hydroelectric potential.These plants’ total installed power as 35,540 MW and hydroelectric energy potential as 126.109 GWh/year are calculated.With this value,it is seen that we have the hydroelectric potential in 15% approximate degree of Europe’s economic potential. By the beginning of the year 2004, total installed power of 130 HEPP projects that are put into operation by being developed is 12.251 MW and the average capacity of energy production is 44.388 GWh/year. This capacity constitutes only 35% of our total hydroelectric potential. Total installed power of 31 HEPP projects whose constructions already continue is 3.338 MW and its producing energy amount is 10,845 GWh/year. In this case, our hydroelectric potential that is needed to be put into operation by being developed is 65% except being already operated.

In our country , important developments are advanced in construction of HEPPs with

the model of Build-Operate-Transfer(BOT) performed by The Ministry of Energy and Natural Resources , “Autoproducer Producers” method within the model and models of “100% Foreign Financed Turnkey” that are administered by SHW with the application of HPP’s Transfer of Operational Rights that are in operation.

Depending on the development of our country, the share in total energy of

hydroelectric energy potential and consumption is also decreasing. But, our hydroelectric energy potential makes development necessary with being clean energy, causing source loss in case of not being made use of it because of naturally disembogueing of our rivers to sea and addition to these the most important one for fulfiling our country’s peak needs ,having the advantages like cheaper, more pratical and transported to requiring regions by being given to the system immediately according to alternatives that some important parts are provided by importing.


3

In produced scenarios, native and renewable hydroelectric power plants in the nature

of the source are predicted to be addressed primarily. If it is possible to be completed the HEPP constructions in the prescribed time of planning, Turkey’s hydraulic installed power will rise to 24.935 MW in 2010 and 29.984 MW in 2020. But , although hydraulic installed power composes 38% of total installed power in 2010 with other renewable energy sources, this rate’s decreasing to 28% is expected in 2020 because of being hydraulic sources in limited way and increasing country’s need in parallel with development. Looking to the range of installed power according to fuel types, it is anticipated that the biggest share in our installed power in 2020 will belong to 32% and plants run on natural gas while it is estimated that the biggest share in 2010 will belong to 38% and hydraulic and renewable energy sources.

Muratli Weir and being operated the HEPP Facility will create energy opportunities

in the area where development potential is always high with geographical position and access roads and closeness to big harbors and will bring opportunities to economy and employment in both construction and operation terms, in addition to this they contributes to Turkish economy and energy market.Besides, they will contribute to the amount of “green energy” that Turkey produces, according to Kyoto Conference decicions at least 22% of energy currently consumed as a green energy required to power the European countries will contribute to the ability to export.

In addition,these and similar plants can be built with largely engaged in domestic

capital,the state will also provide more efficient use of resources. In exchange , they will reduce the need for resources paid in foreign currency a little bit and will contribute to evaluate our renewable energy sources that cannot be evaluated.


4

Part II : The Location Of Chosen Place For The Project II.1. The Place Of The Project (The Showing of Project’s Place Which Is

Accuracy Approved by Governorship Concerned or Municipalitiy On The Approved Environment Formation Plan and Ground Plans Which Lejant and Plan Notes Also Take Place or On The Existing Field Use Map If There Aren’t These Plans)

Muratli Weir and HEPP Project are located on Kelkit Brook within the boundaries

of, Sarpkaya Village of Camoluk District of Giresun Province and Yaylacayı Village of Golova District of Sivas Province. (see Figure 1). The project is located in Giresun H41 – d1 and Giresun H40-c2 numbered 1/25000 scaled topographic maps between the coordinates of 4 443 000 – 462 000 / 4 446 000 – 457 000.

Figure 1 Site Location Map

Muratli Weir

Muratli HEPP


5

Muratli Weir is located on Kelkit Brook 50 meters northeast of Temurlu Neighborhood of Sarpkaya Village and Muratli HEPP is located 200 meters northeast of Yaylacayı Village. The photographs showing project area are given Figure 2, Figure 3 and Figure 4.

Figure 2: The Place Of Muratli Weir

Figure 3 Muratli Conveyance Area


6

Figure 4 The Place Of Muratli HEPP II.2. The Position Of Units Within the Context Of The Project(Including

Concrete Plant),Technical Underwork Units, Administrative and Social Units, Other Units If There Are,Open and Closed Areas’ Sizes Which Are Determined For These,The Designation Of These Units In The Project Area On The Condition Plan or Layout, The Similar Designations Of Representational Figures and Models With Other Techniques

Muratli Weir and HEPP Project Facilities consists of weir , settling ditch, conveyance

tunnel, conveyance channel, head pond, penstock and power plant building. This Project does not enclose any dam type construction.

Muratli Weir is located on Kelkit Brook 50 meters northeast of Temurlu

Neighborhood of Sarpkaya Village and Muratli HEPP is located 200 meters northeast of Yaylacayı Village.

There will be one construction site and one storage area within the Project. An

administrative building and a labour camp will be constructed at the construction site in order to meet the social requirements of the workers and accomodate them. In addition, concrete plant will also be located in construction site.

Building Site Facility that will be operated within the project covers 8.783 m2 area.

Building Site Facility is located 180 m west of Muratli Weir. Storage Area covers 27 ha area. Storage Area is located 240 m northwest of Muratli

Weir.


7

The coordinates of cover molding casting area that will be operated within the project in Table 1, coordinates of building site facility in Table 2 , areas that covers the units that are located within the project in Table 3 are given.

Table 1 Storage Area Coordinates

Point Nu X (Up) Y (Right)

P11 460680.000 4444483.000

P12 460753.000 4444434.000

P13 460794.000 4444351.000

P14 460811.666 4444143.292

P15 460417.981 4443764.266

P16 460334.059 4443860.791

P17 460127.000 4443948.000

P18 460380.288 4444346.416

Field: 29,92 ha

Table 2 Building Site Facility Coordinates

Point Nu X (Up) Y (Right) Ş1 460694.231 4443445.662 Ş2 460771.554 4443425.959 Ş3 460917.598 4443290.314 Ş4 460938.554 4443252.959 Ş5 460859.554 4443291.959 Ş6 460766.554 4443390.959 Ş7 460693.554 4443428.959

Field: 0,88 ha Table 3 Muratli Weir ,Areas Covered By Units That Take Place Within The Context Of

Muratli HEPP Project Unit Total Area

Muratli Weir and Muratli HEPP Facilities Muratli Weir (water intake structure, gravel passage, settling ditch, derivation channel, cofferdams)

3608 m2

Muratli Weir Lake Area 29337,9 m2 Conveyance Tunnel 1 ( R= 6,85 m, L= 1803,76 m) 12355,7 m2 Conveyance Tunnel 2 ( R= 6,85 m, L= 291,23 m) 1994,9 m2 Conveyance Channel 1 ( B= 6 m, L= 1748,67 m) 10492 m2 Conveyance Channel 2 ( B= 6 m, L= 1402,66 m) 8415,9 m2 Loading Room 2313,1 m2 Penstock ( R= 13,75 m, L= 74,92 m) 1030,2 m2 Muratli Power Plant Building 4474,7 m2 Total 74022,4 m2 Storage Area and Construction Site Facilities Construction Site Facility 8.783 m2

Storage Area 27 ha

Location plan that shows locations of units in project area participating within the project is given in Appendix-3.


8

Part III: Project’s Economic and Social Dimensions

III.1. Investment Programme and Financial Sources About The Realization of The Project

Investment costs related to unit locations participating within the project are given in

Table-4.

Table 4 Investment Costs About The Units Places Unit Locations Investment Price (TL)

Spillway Structure, Gravel Passage and Tunnel Structure 4.242.742

Settling ditch 5.086.531 Conveyance Tunnel 1 25.113.607 Conveyance Tunnel 2 4.054.749 Conveyance Channel 8 294.527 Side Weir, Discharge Channel 728.556 Head pond 4.647.771 Penstock 5.559.381 Power Plant Building 5.125.207 Electromechanical Equipment 13.710.000

Source: Feasibility Report, July 2009 For the realization of the project , investor firm will benefit from its own resources and international finance resources.

III.2. Work Flow Chart and Timing Table About The Realization of The Project

Muratli Weir and HEPP’s conctruction activities are planned to be completed in 2

years.(see Table 5) The first year of this period ,work is reserved for making survey and explorations, maps taken and precise preparation of the Project. Next year is thought for construction works and electromechanical equipment’s supply and installation.

Table 5 Muratli Weir and HEPP Work Flow Schema(Scheduling Table)

MURATLI HPP GENERAL WORK PROGRAMME AGU SEP OCT NOW DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AGU SEP OCT NOW DEC JAN FEB MAR

Access Road

Conveyance Ch.

Conveyance Tun.

Weir

Sedimental Pool

Head pond

Penstock

Power Plant

Mechanical Assem.

Turbine Assembly


9

III.3. Benefit-Cost Analysis Of Project, In this section, economic evaluation of Muratli Weir and HEPP facilities is

made.During these assessments, the project’s economic life has been accepted as 49 years and energy benefits have been calculated in accordance with information described below. Interest rate taken into consideration throughout the economic life of the project for 49 years is taken as 9.50% in line with the criteria of SHW.

Annual Benefits Muratli HEPP Facilities are for energy. As energy benefits,energy benefits

determined by SHW are used.

For Firm Energy: 6 Cent ( USA ) / kWh For Secondary Energy : 3.3 Cent ( USA ) / kWh ( 1$ = 1.55 TL)

Below, the corresponding benefits to the production of Muratli facilities are

presented.

Muratli Weir and HEPP’s installed power have been identified as 37.70 MW. Installed Power : 37.70 MW Annual Firm Energy Production : 10.849 GWh Annual Secondary Energy Production : 92.161 GWh Total Energy Production : 130.010 GWh Annual Firm Energy Benefit : 0.060 x 10 849 000 = 650 940$ / 1 008 957 TL Annual Sec. Energy Benefit : 0.033 x 92 161 000 = 3 041 313$ / 4 714 035.15 YTL Total Annual Benefits : 3 692 253 $ / 5 722 992.15 YTL Annual Expenses Annual expenses taken into consideration within the project are examined in two

pens and They consists of the sum of interest, depreciation and renewal expenses and operating and maintenance costs. For Muratli Weir and HEPP Facilities ,9.50% interest rate is used as factors of interest and depreciation and ve 0.09603 value is used corresponding to the economic life of the project for 49 years.

For Muratli HEPP Facilities , annual interest ,depreciation and renewal expense are

found as 7.976.268 TL (5.145.979 $). And annual operation and maintenance costs are calculated as 932.269 TL (601.463 $). In this case, the total annual cost of the project is 8.908.537 TL (5.747.443 $).

Internal Profitability Rate For Muratli Weir and HEPP Facilities, Internal Profitability Rate equated the interest

rate values that annual operation and maintenance costs accounted through the cost of the project and annual energy incomes’ moved to the first year of the investment is counted and found as 4.90%.


10

III.4. The Other Economic,Social and Underwork Projects Which Aren’t Within The Context Of The Project But Designed to Perform By The Owner Of The Project or The Other Investors Related To Project’s Realization

Switchgear Facility and Power Conveyance Line Project is the project which isn’t

within the context of the project but designed to perform by the owner of the project or the other investors related to project’s realization.

Switchgear Facility and Energy Conveyance Line aren’t within the context of the

project. Therefore, after the necessary approval from institutions and identification of the facilities’ locations, it will be moved in accordance with the provisions of the EIA Regulations.

III.5. The Other Economic,Social and Underwork Projects Which Aren’t

Within The Context Of The Project But Essential For The Realization Of The Project and Planned To Be Performed By The Owner Of The Project or Other Investors

The main activities which aren’t within the context of the project but essential for the

realization of the project and planned to be performed by the owner of the project or other investors ; The electric supply for meeting the electricity needs of the construction site , water supply, rigging studies on stabilized roads for transportation to the facility units (correction of rugged and hollow sections of the stabilized road) and installation of facilities for personnel that will work within the context of the project are the activities.

Electric Supply In Construction Electric supply of building site facilities within the construction of the project will be

provided from the transformer located in Cevizli Neighborhood that is the nearest neighborhood.

Water Supply Drinking water within the construction and operation of the project will be provided

from Cevizli Neighborhood city water with carboys. Required using water within the context of the project will be taken from the place that is appropriate for Municipal through tankers.

Social Service Facility Business law and public health regulations as required, facilities will be provided

enough dormitory ,dining hall, kitchen, canteen ,bathroom-WC etc. for workers and other personnel. It will be benefited from nearby health units (health home,health centers and state hospital) for health services of working personnel.

Access Road Total of 8 km of rigging works will be done on stabilized roads for transportation to

facility units within Muratli Weir and HEPP Project.


11

The route of access road to be constructed or stabilized within the Project is indicated by the blue line on the general layout plan given in Appendix- 3. During the construction of new roads or rehabilitation of existing roads, excavation and backfilling activities will be performed. The following mitigation measures will be taken for the environmental impacts that are likely to arise from these activities.

• Dust will be suppressed by water spraying • Excavated material or any other solid wastes will not be disposed to the river bed. • Personal protection equipments such as earflaps, helmets and dust musk will be

provided to the workers.

This road will also be used by the local people for the transportation between the villages, which will create a positive social impact at the region.

III.6. How To Do Expropriation and/or Resettlement, Muratli Weir’s water structures will take place in river bed and there is no private

property except treasury land in regulator water collection areas. Muratli HEPP facility is also located on treasury land. Transfer lines are passing through partly from the treasury land and partly from the private property area. After recieving positive EIA Decision, necessary expropriation work will be done in the areas of private property.

Project area remains within the boundaries of Giresun and Sivas Provinces.

Therefore, expropriation procedures will be carried out in Giresun and Sivas Governorships for expropriated areas on the borders of Giresun and Sivas. Expropriation plan is being prepared within the context of the project.

Total expropriated areas according to this, in accordance with 15/c (Different: 5496

SK. 5th art.) article of 4628 numbered of Electricity Market Law ;expropriation procedures will be conducted by EMRA , expropriation decision in this regard which will be given will replace common weal decision and the immovable properties expropriated will be registered on behalf of the treasury in land register.

Expropriation will be performed with numbered 2942 of Expropriation Law and

according to numbered 4650 of Expropriation Law made several changes in this Law and entered into force being published in the Offical Gazette dated May 5,2001.

III.7. Other Considerations There are no other issues to be examined in this section.


12

Part IV: Determination of The Area Which Will Be Influenced From Regulator, HEP and Concrete Plant That Takes Place Within The Context Of The Project and Explanation Of Existing Environmental Features In This Area

IV.1. Determination Of Influenced Area From Project (Influence Area Will Be

Explained How and According To What was determined and Influence Area Will Be Shown On The Map)

Areas that will be influenced from the project are determined considering of negative

effects like dust , noise , traffic that will occur in construction phase of the units (Weir, HEPP ,Transfer Line etc.) within the context of the project.

IV.2. Features Of Physical and Biological Environment In The Influence

Area,Usage Of The Natural Sources In this section, Information is given about meteorological,geological,hydrogeological

etc features of the region entering the identified influence area and about natural sources found here and their features and these features are evaluated under seperate headings.

IV.2.1. Meteorological and Climatic Features Meteorological data is used belonging to Sebinkarahisar Meteorological Station in

Giresun Province located the nearest position to project area. Bulletin containing meteorological data recorded between the years 1975-2006 in Sebinkarahisar Meteorological Station is given Appendix-4.

Wind Although the prevailing wind direction in the project area is southwest (wind in

maximum period), this case varies throughout the year according to months and seasons. Average wind speed information belonging to Sebinkarahisar District and the fastest wind speed and its direction information are given in Table 6 and wind speeds are given in Table 7.

Table 6 Wind Values(Observation Time 32 Years) Months I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Yıl Ave. Wind Speed (m/sn) 3,0 3,0 3,0 3,6 3,5 3,6 3.2 4,1 3,9 3,1 2,8 3,0 3,3

Fastest Wind Direction SSW SSW SSW NNE SSE NNE NNW NNE NNE NNE SSW SSW NNE

Fastest Wind Speed (m/sn) 10,0 16,8 11,2 9,3 11,2 13,3 19,8 14,2 10,4 9,2 8,6 8,1 19,8

Ave. Num. Stor. Days 0,5 0,5

Ave. Num. Str. Wind Days. 1,0 2,0

1,0 1,0 0,5 1,3 6,8

Table 7 Average Wind Speed on Wind Direction and Total Number of Blowing

Wind Direction

Average Speed

Total Number of Blowing Wind Direction Average Speed Total Number of

Blowing N 1,7 585 S 1,0 581 NNE 3,3 520 SSW 2,9 592 NE 1,7 3333 SW 1,6 3901 ENE 1,8 151 WSW 2,3 283 E 1,3 1086 W 1,7 1547 ESE 1,3 83 WNW 2,1 90 SE 0,9 2054 NW 1,1 2222 SSE 2,7 315 NNW 2,2 143


13

In Figure 5 ,Wind rose is presented according to Sebinkarahisar District Average Wind Speed and in Figure 6 , Wind rose is presented according to Sebinkarahisar District Total Of Wind Numbers.

Figure 5 Wind Rose According To Sebinkarahisar District Average Wind Speed

Figure 6 Wind Rose According To Sebinkarahisar District Total Of Wind Numbers Temperature The average temperature in the region is 9 0C. The average maximum temperature in

July is measured 39,6 0C and the lowest temperature in February is measured -23,5 0C Meteorological elements table related to temperature is given in Table 8.


14

Table 8 Temperature Values(Observation Time 32 Years) Months I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Yıl Ave.Temperature , 0C -2,4 -1,6 2,7 9,0 12,9 16,4 19,7 20,0 16,2 10,9 4,5 -0,2 9,0

Ave. High Temperature 1,6 2,8 7,7 14,5 19,0 23,1 27,3 28,1 24,1 17,3 9,4 3,7 14,9

Ave. Low Temperature -5,6 -5,2 -1,5 4,1 7,4 10,0 12,7 12,8 9,6 6,0 0,8 -3,2 4,0

Highest Temperature 13,2 16,1 23,9 29,3 32,2 35,4 39,6 39,0 34,1 31,4 22,3 16,8 39,6

Lowest Temperature -19 -23 -20 -10,5 -3,7 0,0 3,4 4,5 -1,3 -5,1 -12 -17 -23

Figure 7 Temperature Values’ Graphic Precipitation Average rainfall in the district is 593,8 mm according to the observation data of 32

years that can be seen from meteorological data.The highest daily rainfall is observed in November and the rainfall is 99,6 mm. Average number of snowy days in province is 8 days. Annual hail day number is 5. Meteorological elements table related to precipitation is given in Table 9.

Table 9 Raining Values(Observation Time 32 Years)

Months I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Yıl Ave.Precipa. Amou. (mm) 50,3 52,2 60,4 89,9 78,4 43,3 13,2 6,8 22,2 58,1 64,1 54,9 593,8

Most Fall. Dail. Amou. 52,3 25,1 39,7 50,2 41,6 27,9 42,2 25,6 27,3 56,2 99,6 36,5 99,6


15

Figure 8 Rain Values’ Graphic

Evaporation The average of relative humidity in the district is 60% according to the observation

data of 32 years that can be seen from meteorological data. Relative humidity is the lowest in August and moisture value is 4%. Meteorological elements table related to relative humidity is given in Table 10.

Table 10 Relative Humiditive Values(Observation Time 32 Years) Months I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Yıl Ave. Relat. Hum. (%). 68 66 62 58 59 57 55 54 54 60 65 69 60 Lowest Relat. Hum. ( %) 20 11 8 6 8 7 10 5 7 7 9 10 5

Figure 9 Average Annual Relative Humidity Values Pressure If pressure is examined in Şebinkarahisar, the average current pressure is observed

lower in months of summer. This is because the province is dry and hot during summer influenced by the low pressure of Basra.


16

Numbered Days The average annual snowfall days in project area are 48,3 days according to the

observation data of 32 years that can be seen from meteorological data.Meteorological elements table related to numbered days is given in Table 11.

Table 11 Counted Days(Observation Time 32 Years) Aylar I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Yıl Average Number of Snowy Days

12,0 10,6 8,4 2,5 0,3 - - - - 0,6 4,6 9,4 48,3

Average Number of Days Snow Covered

24,4 23,4 14,5 1,5 0,3 - - - - 0,4 6,3 18,1 88,9

Average Number of Foggy Days

2,3 2,1 3,6 2,5 2,3 0,6 0,3 0,2 0,5 2,5 2,8 3,4 23,1

Average Number of Days with Hail

0,1 0,1 0,3 0,1 0,1 - - - - - - 0,6

Average Number of Days with Frost

8,1 6,4 6,6 2,5 0,3 - - - 0,3 2,4 9,0 7,8 42,5

Average Num. of Days with Thunderstorm

0,0 0,0 0,3 1,6 3,8 2,9 1,2 0,5 1,5 0,7 0,1 0,0 12,6

IV.2.2. Jeological Features(Observation Under The Titles Of Physico-Chemical

Features of Jeological Structure,Tectonic Movements, Mineral Sources, Landslide, Unique Formations, Avalanche, Flood, Rock Fall, Jeological Map and Lejant Of 1/100000,1/25000 and/or 1/5000)

General Geology

Studies were made in order to determine the basic geological features of Above Kelkit Brook region and its southern in 1985 by GDMRE and geological maps related to geology of the region was prepared. Geological studies have been used in the Project area and its immediate surroundings.

Observation area is in the southern of Above Kelkit region where the pondits in the north and the torids in the south are closing the most and North Anatolian Ophiolitic Belt is between them.

In this region, four basic tektono-stratigraphic units reflecting different environmental conditions and tectonics associated with each other and the age of pre-Eocene were distinguished. These were Kelkit Goreli Autochthonous, Cimen Mountain Nappe, Erzincan Nappe and Munzur Limestone from north to south

Before Kelkit Goreli Autochthonous and Cimen Mountain Nappe were separated from each other, their segments showing local differences and older than Liyas were common. Placed along with the greenschist Gumushane granite offering wide lands in the northeast and outside of the observation area forms the basis of Kelkit Goreli Autochthonous.Sillimanite, mica schist, gneiss and metamorphics consisting of metabasis belong to the basic before Liyas. Carboniferous-Permian old shallow marine and terrestrial environment representing volcano-sedimentary sequence is the foundation of Cimen Mountain Nappe before Liyas. This unit widely covered with granitic pebbles in crumbs comes with angular uncorformity on schist, metavolcanitic and granitic metamorphics.


17

Kelkit Goreli Autochthonous and Cimen Mountain Nappe usually represents continental shelf and continental slope in the north. Formations in Eocene and younger age come with angular unconformity on tectono-stratigraphic units introduced above and embarkments between units.

Map showing general structure of the project site is shown below. Maps showing jeological structures of units’ places are given in Appendix-5.

Sratigraphic Geology

Paleozoic

Erzincan Nappe

Materials are often derived from ophiolites and they have been discussed in complicated and complex as a whole and is named as Erzincan Nappe. The complex of aphiolitic defined between Tokat and Sivas and in the investigation area towards Erzincan has the same features of internal structure ,block types and age with the complex of aphiolitic defined just in the north of Munzur Mountains So, these formations are assumed to be the products of the same event and the same basin.

Erzincan Nappe is located on Munzur Limestone in the South and under the Cimen Mountain Nappe in the north.This unit consists of Karayaprak Complex built with cushion volcanic tuff,agglomerate,limestone and olistostromal materials and Refahiye Complex built with serpentinite, periodit,gabro and metamorphics. These two sub-units are related to each other with tectonic.However, the creation of the rock types of the complex can be mapped seperately because they are frequently changing and are non-uniform structures while in large surfaces.In the area of the project, there are rocks belonging to Refahiye Complex of Erzincan Nappe.

Refahiye Complex (Pr)

In general related each other with tectonic serpentinite, periodit,gabro and marble, green schist derived from metamorphic group of Tokat and rock community consisting of metavolcanitic are named Refahiye Complex.

Serpentinite usually consists of antigorite and textured peridodit protogranular, serpentinized in some places, mainly olivine, poiklitic growing, pyroxene (mostly ortopyroxene) and chrome spinel.It is seen harzburjit dominant, lerzolit in some places, verlit de dunit. Gabro includes plagioclase (usually uranited) and clinopyroxene.In addition, microgavro and diabase dikes that cut serpentinized perdodits are usual.

Peridotit is the most common type of rock. Serpentinite is not as common as peridodit and is usually between peridotit and metamorphics. Serpentinization has developed depending on tectonic processes between peridodit and metamorphics. Gabro is is a rock type that gives the smallest extent of surfacing among the other rock types. Other than gabro surfacing in limited area, microgavro and diabase dikes that cut serpentinized perdodits are usual.


18

The location and features of metamorphics that present wide surfaces in study area are examined in detail in Refahiye Complex. Metamorphics mainly consist of green schist,metavolcanit and marble and include metaturbidit in some places, metacort contributions. According to their today’s situations, the lower levels of metamorphics are in the status of green schist, metabazit, metaturbit and metacort and the top levels of them are in the status of marble and kalkshist dominant rock type.Although metamorphics may be a part of the continent crust in the age before Liyas, they are located between Refahiye Complex and mixture in tectonic slices today.

Mesozoic

Jura-Lower Cretaceous Kelkit Relative Autochthonous

Kelkit Relative Autochthonous located in the northern part of the study area and

offering their Pondites’ typical features of the southern part is named from the district of Kelkit. This field is located in the upper part of Kelkit Brook. Liyas old Haciomer formation composed of clastic rocks mostly comes with unconformity on basic rocks of Kelkit Relative Autochthonous and on Haciomer formation , Berdiga formation composed of old platform type carbonates of Middle-Upper Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous is located compatibly.

Old Altınoluk group of Upper Cretaceous-Paleocene is located with angular

unconformity on the other older formations.

Haciomer Formation JKh (JKp – JKk - JKe)

Haciomer formation is accepted that it is usually composed of tuff,sandstone and pebbles and is represented terrestrial Liyas according to palynologic examinations. Wide surfacing between Kelkit Brook and Kekit District is displaying all the typical features of the formation.

Haciomer formation is basicly composed of piroclastic rocks (JKp) ( agglomerate, breccia, tuff) , limestone (JKk) and epilastic rocks (JKe) (pebble, sandstone, argillaceous limestone,shale). In addition , the level of coal ,shale,and volcanic flows between the floors in places are followed.Glassy and clastic rocks of piroclastitcs with the pulp and supplies of volcanic flows have become quite chlorite and carbonate. Tuffs consists of fine-grained and glassy basalt, plagioclase,quartz and pieces of dolerite in a pulp contained chlorite. Volcanites are seen syncline type of cross bedding in places on the section of andesitic ,gradeful bedding ,coeval with deposition shift and folding. Limestone levels that is east-west extension in places between Camoluk and Kelkit in the southern part of Hacıomer formation are 15.00-20.00 m thick and are usually located between pyroclastic rocks.

Haciomer formation is only surfacing pyroclastic rocks (JKp) (agglomerate, breccia, tuff) in the project area. Haciomer formation is 1500 m thick,its northern part is terrestrial and its southern part represents marine environment and both two facies can be said to be transitive. Formation is in the age of Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous.


19

Berdiga Formation (JKb)

The lower section of Berdiga formation that is located in the study area and is represented with old platform type carbonates of Middle-Upper Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous consists of pebble, sandstone, tuff, grain-supported gravelly sandy limestone in places. This section passes to medium-thick layer limestone in accordance gray. The upper parts of the rocks that are in the quality of dolomitic in places are dominated by limestone that presents the structures with eggstone,intraklast and eyelete.

This unit’s southern part is steep slopes and its middle part is folded and presents an imbricate structure in places. In the Further North, Berdiga formation is under the the younger units. The level of Berdiga formation that is usually clastic rust-coloured limestone comes as compatible on the upper part of Hacıomer formation consisting of limestone. It is seen that there is a gradually transition between the two units.

It can be said that the tickness of Berdiga formation is between approximately 350

–1000 m. It is seen that this unit’s lower part is composed of quite clastixc volcanic limestone and it passes to top place that is dominated by carbonate and is the character of dolomitic in places. Laterally,formation does not show significant differences.

It can be said that Berdiga formation presents an old continent shelf of Middle-Upper Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous and this shelf becomes increasingly shallow towards the upper levels. Formation is in the age of Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous.

Cimendagi Nappe

Cimendagı nappe is divided into two parts.The lower part is Yenikoy formation in the age of Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous and usually composed of limestone and olistostromal materials. And the upper part is Tornuk formation usually formed from the Upper Cretaceous clastic rocks. In the Project area, only Tornuk formation of Cimendagı Nappe is surfacing.

Tornuk Formation ( Kt ) Tornuk formation is composed pebble,red plagic limestone , sandstone, claystone,

shale and argillaceous sandy limestone. Formation starts at the bottom with local pebble. First, pebble passes to thin gravelly-sandy limestone and then it passes to red-coloured limestone consisting plenty of pelagic forms ,20-30 m thick that is medium-thin layer. Red-coloured limestone passes with compatibly to intercalation of blocky sandstone-claystone-shale. The upper part of the formation is composed of limestones that are sandy, gravelly in some places, gray-coloured and medium-thick bedded.

When Tornuk formation’s fossil scope , the change of the characters of rock types and its location is examined, It is understood that formation was shallow at first, and then deposited in open marine environment ,then open marine environment became increasingly shallow.

Tornuk formation comes with angular unconformity on the formation that is under it. Its thickkness is 500 m and its age is Senoniyen.


20

Cenozoic

Old Eocene rocks in the study area offers differences in terms of rock type and sequence from north to south. These differences result from the quality of bedrock and sedimentation environment. Therefore, properties of rocks that offer different features are discussed and it is preferred to be named in a seperate formation. According to this, old Eocene sediments in the region of Kelkit-Alucra are named as Masuran formation, volcanites are named as Calgan volcanites and Eocene rocks in the region of Cimen Mountain are named as Gazipasa clastic rocks. In the Project area ,only units belonging to Gazipasa clastic rocks are surfacing.

Gazipinari Clastic Rocks (Tg) Gazipinaricalstic rocks are in the age of old and younger Eocene (not being

departed) and are composed of the group of blocky rock type locally. It is composed of yellowish gray-brown, purplish from place to place, greenish yellow, medium-thick bedded main blocky pebble, sandstone and intercalation of claystone from place to place. Cola levels are seen between sandstone and claystone from place to place. Pebbles are derived from mainly limestone, schist and volcanites and they are generally well-rounded and they are bad gradation. In some places, gradual and crosss bedding is seen. Limestone ophiolitics that their lenght is up to several hundred meters are common.

Gazipinari clastic rocks come with angular unconformity on Cimen Mountain Nappe and the Rocks of Erzincan Nappe that is composed of the complex of ophiolitic. Gazipinari clastic rocks are 500 m thick and in the age of Eocene.

Anthropogene

Travertine formations are composed of young formations of the project area and they are displaying surfacing where active faults are.

Alluvion (Qal)

Throughout Kelkit Brook, alluvion accumulation is found in restricted areas because the bed slope is high. It is thin and narrow spreading, bad gradation and the size of block and pebble in alluvion that is in the feature of pebble with large block is smaller relatively from foundation to downstream and thickness and spreading of alluvion is increasing from fountain to downstream because the bed slope reduces. Alluvion whose thickness ranges between about 4.00-5.00 m was formed in the river bed of Kelkit Brook in the fountain and downstream of project area.

In alluvion accumulation that is observed throughout Kelkit Brook in restricted

areas , components such as polygenic derived from the rocks in thee upper level, round-half-rounded basalt , andesite , granite , limestone etc. are observed predominantly. Alluvion material is the size of approximately 30% of block, 55% gravel-sand,15% of silt-clay.


21

Geology of Study Area Weir Axis Location Alluvion surfaces that are the basis of weir axis location in the study area are

consisting of block, gravel, sand, clay according to distribution of grain and size. They are composed of weathering and moving of surrounding rocks. Their components are composed of rock fragments such as marble, serpentine, andazite, quartzite, cort. These lithologies are found in the mixture at different rates with each other such as blocy sandy clayey gravel,gravelly clayey and cementless. Grain shapes are round-half-rounded and semi-curcular.

Conveyance Route Conveyance Tunnel-1 It will be made between 0+000 - 1+803.76 km. Travertines composes the stack of

this route from the surface to approximately 20 m deep and conglomerate composes under this unit. The tunnel will be constructed on the intercalation of conglomerate and clay stone-silit Stone.

Travertines have yellowish white coloured, little-medium crack surfaces that are

wavy and rough, cracks that are clay-silt and calcite –filled from place to place, and they are perpendicular to progress and rarely bias. Their joints are irregular and they have melting gaps.At some levels, these gaps varies between 1-10 cm. Due to decomposition, becoming clay is observed from place to place.

Conglomerates that are under this unit are reddish coloured, less decomposed,

crackedand they have crack surfaces that are wavy and rough , their joints are perpendicular to progress , their joint surfaces are clay-silt-filled and from the type of solid rock. Conglomerate has clay levels and transitions in different thicknesses(10 cm-50 cm). The gravels composing conglomerate are angled and their maximum size is 4 cm.

Conveyance Channel-1 It will be constructed between 1+803 and 3+500 kms. Conveyance channels that

will be constructed between these kilometers are on the unit that is locally blocky, yellowish gray-brown, medium-thick bedded , intercalation of conglomerate-sandstone and claystone.These units are Claystone, Sandstone and Conglomerate.

Conveyance Tunnel -2- Conveyance Channel -2 Locally blocky talus whose thickness is varying between 3 and 22 m is found on

the upper part of the route between 3+500 and 5+246 kms. Under the talus, there is claystone-silitstone,sandstone and limestone of Haciomer formation.

Power Plant Building The thickness of alluvion surface under power plant building is between 3 and 6 m.

Dolomitic limestone composes the surface of power plant building because this unit will be removed with excavation. It is yellowish-white-beige colour , little-medium cracked, their


22

cracks are filled with calcite and their cracked surfaces are rusty-rough and rarely polished-bright, their joints are perpendicular to progress and rarely bias and decomposed in little moderate degree.

Structural Geology and Tectonics

Structural elements of the study area has four sections; these are the structure of

Golova (Agvanis) metamorphics, other structures before Eocene (especially nappe movements), structures developed in Eocene and later and structures developed under the influence of North Anatolian Fault Zone.

The Structure of Golova (Agvanis) Metamorphics These metamorphics is probably in a block status within the ophiolitic complex and

it offers some unique structural features. Most prominent structural feature of Agvanis metamorphics is foliation. Foliation is well developed particularly in fine-grained and block micaceous type of rocks. Foliation is paralel to bedding and it is determined with parallel arrangement of mica grains.

Foliation planes are developed in two different ways in Agvanis metamorphics.

Foliation planes in the western part of Agvanis metamorphics are in the direction of NW-SE (K60-80B) and are inclined to NE or SW with different angles (10–60). In the eastern part, the direction of the foliation planes is roughly N-S and are inclined generally to west.

Isoclinal and closed curves are seen in metatuff and kalkschist displaying bedding in the Group of Agvanis. The axes of these planes that are usually observed in a large scale is paralel to foliation; fold axis branches to the west with small angles (60-120. Asidic intrusives after regional metamorphism have affected and changed significantly the overall structure of Agvanis metamorphics.

North Anatolian Fault Zone

This zone is approximately northwest-southeast direction and is passing through the middle of the study area. Today, active faults are drawn in bold and placed their movement direction. Young units are surfacing on plains and older formations are surfacing in the mountains that are in the north and south.

Because North Anatolian Fault is dominated by the right directional , it leads to the

development of plains in the form of the graben and it leads to the development of the mountains in the north and south in the form of the horst.

Also a large part of faults that affect Agvanis metamorphics and surrounding rocks is developed related to North Anatlian Fault system. Other than main faults that limits metamorphics from the north and the south , there are many vertical faults in paralel to these and cutting metamorphics.

As is known, the main movement of faults related to North Anatolian Fault system is right lateral movement ; but there are important vertical movements of faults that affects metamorphics. All the fault planes are perpendicular and usually creates significant morphological structures. Kelkit Fault that limits metamorphics from the north creates a steep slope. Fault plane inclined 700-800 to north is clearly visible in a few places. In the


23

western part , there is a rubble pond whose thickness is over 50 metres just north of the North Fault and derived from the material of metamorphics. Although Kelkit Fault is a very distinct as morphological, it is not active and is cut with N-S going small lateral tearing faults.

Agvanis metamorphics has the appearance of a horst bounded with faults from

north and south. Metamorphic rocks from 500 to around 1000 meters found to be elevated to a block can be explained with the compression that is a result of simultaneous action of two main faults parallel to each other (Kelkit and Agvanis faults) and connected with North Anatolian Fault Zone.

Natural Disaster Conditions

Earthquake The project is located at 13 km north of North Anatolian Fault that is shown in

Fişgure 10 and earthquake motions that are likely to be effective in the future on the Project Area are determined doing Eartquake Risk Analysis Study because there are so many earthquakes, the worst 1939 Erzincan eartquake (M=7.9), in this area in history. Eartquake Risk Analysis Study is given in Appendix-6 and a brief summary of the study is discussed below.

Figure 10 Appearance Of Project’s Area On Turkey’s Active Fault Map Project Area is located on 1st Degree Earthquake Zone according to Turkey

Earthquake Zones Map prepared by T.R. Ministry of Public Works and Settlement General Directorate of Disaster Affairs Earthquake Research Department (see in Figure 11). The zone indicated by red color represents 1st Degree Earthquake Zone, in which project site is

PROJECT AREA

North Anatolian Fault


24

located. In this map, 1st Degree Earthquake Zones have the highest earthquake risk, whereas 5th Degree Earthquake Zones have the lowest risk. Whole project was designed accordingly.

Any building that will be built in the Project will be appropriate in accordance with

the provisions of Regulations on Buildings That Will Be Done In Earthquake Areas and Regulation Related To The Amendments On The Regulation published in The Offical Gazette dated May 3,2007 and No. 26511 , Regulations About Buildings That Will Be Done In Earthquake Areas published in The Offical Gazette dated March 6,2007 and No. 26454 and Regulations About Buildings That Will Be Done In Disaster Areas published in The Offical Gazette dated July 14 ,2007 and No. 26582.

Design standards of the structures are determined by the Turkish Regulation on Buildings to be Built in Earthquake Affected Regions.

Figure 11 Giresun and Sivas’ Earthquake Map

PROJECT AREA

1. Degree Zone

2. Degree Zone 3. Degree Zone 4. Degree Zone

5. Degree Zone


25

Earthquake Risk Analysis Study Earthquake Risk Analysis Report prepared in the Project is given in Appendix-6. The

earthquake risk of the places of Muratli Weir and HEPP is determined using probabilistic method.In addition , the results are compared calculating deterministic method.

For determination of earthquake risk of the Project area as rational with probability

method , A-1 Area ve L-1 Line resources are created on the prepared seismotectonics map. The location of Muratli Weir and HEPP is in L-1 line resource. L-1 Resource is

located on North Anatolia fault. Considering earthquakes with magnitude M>=4.0 happened in the area between the years of 1900-2003, designed this resource model is used as a main resource for determination of the earthquake risk of the location of Muratli Weir and HEPP with probability method.

By determinig the parameters of earthquake sources, they are applied to the

computer program prepared according to Poisson probability theory.Therefore, eartquake momentum-risk values are calculated for the location of Muratli Weir and HEPP.

Possibilities are provided a wide range of amenities for easy choice. In deterministic study ,independent of the probability method, momentum in the location of Muratli Weir and HEPP created by detrimental and violent earthquakes that happened in the region in the past is calculated directly using decay relations suggested by various researchers. The highest value of momentum found with deterministic calculation a=373 cm/s2. This value is under the values obtained with probability method.

As a result, for the location of Muratli Weir and HEPP in the light of the calculations and assessments below;

• Maximum Design Earthquake (MDE) as the value of peak location momentum 666 cm/sn2 (0.67 g.),

• Operation Basis Earthquake OBE) as the value of peak location momentum 339 cm/sn2 (0.34 g.) ,

• The Most Severe Earthquake That May Occur (MSE) for the value of the earthquake whose Richter Magnitude is M=8.5 will be taken into consideration in the Project.

Landslide-Avalanches

Within the Project, drilling work is done at total of 18 different points in the weir area (5 ), conveyance route (channel and tunnel) (4 ),head pond(1), penstock route(4) and power plant building (4). Field tests has also been done with drilling work, Geological and Geotechnical Investigation Report has been prepared containing these studies and their results. As mentioned in the Geological and Geotechnical Investigation Report, there is blocky ruble slope thickness ranging from 3 to 22 m in the upper part in the route of conveyance tunnel 2 and conveyance channel 2 between 3+500 and 5+246 kms.It is necessary to determine slope angle and slope height carefully and terracing must be done if necessary especially in deep excavation digging due to high topographic gradient in these parts.


26

The leakage of water into ground should be prevented from conveyance tunnels that will be constructed in talus parts.Otherwise,lanslide may be inevitable in case of leakage of water into the ground. The measures have to be taken before construction according to the problems caused by soil parameters like different seating and floor magnification and stability problems that will occur in excavation slopes especially in rainy seasons because the talus has a loose structure. The measures that have to be taken are given below.

1. By terracing on steep slopes, their slope will be reduced and afforested.

2. The soil on sloping areas wants to slide towards the direction that slope is very step due to gravitational acceleration. Water will increase the specific gravity of the soil and will maximize the value of gravitational acceleration. When the lanslide areas are taken into consideration,landslide disaster can be seen also in some large wooded areas. Wide water channels that will be opened along the slopes come first of The Precautions To Be Taken Against Landslide in these regions. In this way, water will flow easily without penetration into soil and will prevent landslides.

The results of Geological and Geotechnical Investigation Report are mentioned

below.

1- Study area is located on 1st Degree of Earthquake Area. The provisions of “Regulations About Buildings That Will Be Done In Disaster Areas” published by General Directorate Of Disaster Affairs have to be obeyed in buildings that will be built. In Regulations About Buildings That Will Be Done In Disaster Areas , according to regulations related to ground groups and categories ,grounds located in the study area can be included in C group and local ground class.

2- For preliminary approach about the carrying capacity of soils in the report,

calculated surface tension of safety should not be used in static calculations. Also considering fit amounts that will occur ground tension of safety; it should be calculated according to building foundation depth, load that will be transferred superstructure to the ground,the size of basis elements and basis types in studies on parcel basis.

3- In study route as a result of compression of the main floor with cylinder,the

sensitivity of the floor can be strengthened.

4- Having the feature of earthquake area, it will be correct to be avoided from structural design applications that will lead twisting. The construction made with basement increases the strength of ground transportation.If DF/b ratio increases, bearing capacity increases.

5- When relative frequency,internal friction angle and standart penetration (SPT) ,

obtained the number of pulses, relations between N are evaluated in alluvial soil in the study area ; relative frequency is defined as loose .

6- The ground water level is found in different meters in drilling that is made in the

working area.In addition Kelkit River passes through study area and there are so many dry stream beds connected to this river.


27

7- Units in study area are in appropriate characters in terms of capacity and being basis feature.

8- Compliance with the study area in terms of settlement,it is divided into two main

groups as appropriate areas and important areas.

Appropriate Area It is the area that power plant building will be made in study area. Important Area The routes that conveyance tunnels,head pond,conveyance channels and weir axis

will pass through in the project area are defined as important area. Measures should be taken before construction in the routes of conveyance tunnels

because the area is in the 1st degree earthquake region and NAF passes through the study area.

The routes of conveyance channels are evaluated in important area status because

of high topographic slope. Especially in deep excavation digging , slope angles and slope heights should be determined carefully and terracing should be done if necessary. In addition , the leakage of water into ground should be prevented from conveyance tunnels that will be constructed in talus parts. Water leaking into ground affects negatively the floor cohesion and its internal frinction and causes a decrease in main floor resistance . The measures have to be taken before construction according to the problems caused by soil parameters like different seating and floor magnification and stability problems that will occur in excavation slopes especially in rainy seasons because of being a loose structure.

IV.2.3. Hydrological Features of Groundwater and Thermal Water Sources

(Water Levels, Quantities, Safe Gravity Values, Flows Of Sources, Existing and Planned Usage)

Giresun Province groundwater total secure reserves is 135 hm³/year. Flows of

groundwater sources in area are found too low in studies conducted by SHW in the entire province in terms of groundwater in surrounding areas between Bulancak and Pazarsuyu Brooks and Espiye-Tirebolu coastal plains and their surrounding areas.The lowest hardness degree is 1.5 and the highest hardness degree is 33.

Giresun Province in terms of healing water sources isn’t more rich.Among the

healing waters in province can be considered as Center Inişdibi, Camlıkoy and Yavuz Kemal in Dereli, Cuce Village in Espiye , Bhanos, Karaaslan and Sebinkarahisar mineral waters in Sebinkarahisar.

Ground water potential in the province within the borders of Sivas is totaly 44 hm3/year. As a city, Sivas is located among non-problem cities in terms of the amount of water. There is no poblem in terms of surface and underground water as the amount.However, the current water hardness is slightly higher. This situation is a result of geological structure. In a very large area within the city of Sivas , Miocene with old gypsum geological formations are available.


28

As waters in contact with these rock units can solve very easily these rocks, the salinity of water and depending on this ,the hardness of water is more. Gypsum units having wide spread in the region is karst-widespread and , subsidence areas , dolines and caves that are typical shapes of karst morphology on their surfaces are observed. Goydun and Seyfe resources that are region’s largest source flow (1 m3/sn up) are karst sources discharging from these units.

Sivas city and its immediate surroundings, Kizilirmak alluvium river bed aquifer

carries plenty of water because of feding from river.However, because the water of river is salty as a result of currency effects of gypsum, alluvium aqufier also includes high hardness of salty water. Neogene old limestone aqufier is the aqufier of drinking and using water of Sivas city. Approximately 49 % amount of drinking and using water of Sivas city is met from Tavra Valley basin( Neogen old units) in the north of the city formed of limestone with gypsum units do not exist and 51% part of it is met from 4 Eylul Dam built on Mismilirmak Brook in Pirkinik basin in the east of Tavra Valley basin.The hardness of water of Tavra Valley changes between 15-32 French hardness (city water supply’s hardness is between 29-32 F.So ) (Kaçaroğlu and Sahin,1994). The hardness of water in Pirkinik region is a little bit more than these values. Water used in University has much more hardness because of region’s gypsum units and under effect of Kizilirmak water.

Sivas people meets their low hardness of fresh water need from Street Fountains

flowing from Kepenek (7-8 L/sn, hardness 14 F.So) and Behrampasa (25 L/sn, hardness 20 FS) resource waters coming out of Tavra Valley region.

IV.2.4 Hydrological and Ecological Features of Shallow Water Sources Analysis of Muratli Weir and HEPP water samples are carried out by taking into consideration of physical and chemical,organic, inorganic pollution parameters by Alka Environmental Laboratory. When obtained results are compared with the limit values outlined in Water Pollution Control Regulations, water quality in weir and HEPP is identified as third class.Analysis reports are presented in Appendix-7. Information on ecological features of Kelkit Brook is mentioned in Part IV.2.10.

IV.2.5. Existing and Planned Usage of Shallow Water Sources (Drinking, Using, Watering, Fishery Products, Intercommunication, Tourism, Electricity Production, Other Usages At the downstream of the project , the most important source of surface water is Kelkit Brook. On Kelkit Brook, there are HEPP and Kılıckaya Dam from 25 km of Susehri District commissioned in 1990 for the purposes of energy,flood protection and control. Kılıckaya Dam ve HEPP’s installed power is 124 MW, their annual energy production is 332 GWh and lake area in normal water level is 64,4 km2.

From 8 km distance to Susehri District, there are Camligoze Dam and HEPP on

Kelkit Brook for the purpose of producing energy commissioned in 1998. Installed power of the dam which has a clay core rockfill body is 33 MW , its annual energy production is 102 GWh and lake volume in normal water level is 59 hm3.(www.dsi.gov.tr/region/sivas).


29

Two dams mentioned above are in the boundaries of Sivas Province and they are located at the downstream of Muratli Weir and HEPP Project (see Figure 16). Therefore, the Project will not be influenced in any way by the performance of either or both of these dams. For the reason explained above there is nothing to do with Dam Safety. Within the boundaries of Giresun Province, there are no projects made or planned on Kelkit Brook. (www.dsi.gov.tr/region/giresun).

IV.2.6. Soil Features and Usage Condition(Soil’s Physical-Chemical-Biological

Features,Area Usage Ability,Classification,Erosion,Soil’s Existing Usage) Giresun Province, Camoluk District Total First Class Areas in Giresun Province is 213 ha and 124 ha of this is in Alucra District (including Camoluk) This class of land constitutes 62% of alluvial soil and 38% of kalluvial soil. All of them have lower slope than 2%. 85% soil of first class areas is deep and other 15% of it is middle deep.

In province total of second class areas is 2945 ha and 991 of this area is in Alucra District (including Camoluk) This class of land constitutes 38.1% of alluvial soil , 52.1% of kalluvial soil , 9.2% of brown forest soil and 0.6% of brown soil.

82% of these areas’ slope is between 0-2% and 18% of these is between 2-6%.

53% of this land has deep ,% 36 of it has middle deep, 11% of it has shallow profile. Erosion is dominant lightly on a large part of it and moderately on a small part of it. 35% of this class has drainage shortage.

In province , total third class land is 7805ha and 4030ha of this area is in Alucra District (including Camoluk). This class of land constitutes 1% of alluvial soil , 18% of kallivual soil, 11% of red-yellow podzolic soil ,7.4% grey-brown podzolic soil, 42% of brown forest soil and 21% of brown soil. 51% of land of this class is mid slope, 34% of it is light slope and 15% of it is flat and close to flat. 60% of it is mid deep, 38.7% of it is shallow deep and 0.8 % of is deep. Erosion is dominant lightly on 15 % of this class’ land and moderately on 85 %of it.1% of land has dranaige shortage.

Sivas Province , Golova District

Because of restrictive factors like slope’s being very steep , severe abrasion,

shallowness , areas that are forth class in project area aren’t used in safety agriculture but can be grassland and forest.

IV.2.7. Agricultural Areas(Agricultural Development Project Areas,Special

Product PlantationAreas)Size Of The Watery and Unwatered Agricultural Fields,Product Patterns and Yearly Production Amount of These Investigation Report is prepared by observing the area under the project by the authorities of Sivas Governorship Provincal Directorate of Agriculture.Besides,the Project has been discussed in Soil Conservation Board and approved by T.R Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs.31 of July,2009 dated 11834 numbered of the offical letter written to EIA and General Directorate of Planning by this institution is presented in Appendix-8.


30

In 31 of July,2009 dated 11834 numbered of the offical letter written to EIA and General Directorate of Planning by Giresun Governorship Provincal Directorate Of Agriculture , it is expressed that there is no objection to the realization of the project if necessary precautions are taken and fish passages are made and enough water is left for ecological life in regulator downstream. The offical letter of Giresun Province Directorate of Agriculture is presented in Appendix-8

IV.2.8. Forest Lands( Tree Species and Amounts,Size Of Covered Fields and It’s

Being Closed,Existing and Planned Preservation and Usage Aims of These Land Review Evaluation Form related forest areas within the Project is prepared by Giresun Forest District Office Sebinkarahisar Directorate of Forestry Management Sebinkarahisar Chief of Forest Management and is presented in Appendix-8. In this form stand shape is wood . The amount of area that is forest is 112.293 m2, and the area that is not forest is 157.628 m2

It is expressed that required permission is given for the constructions of transfer channel , penstock and closing road related to the Project in 112.293 m2 of forest land by T.R Ministry Of Environment and Forestry Directorate General Of Forestry Department Of Cadastre and Property and it is stated that this area’s using will continue until 13.03.2057. The official letter related to topic is given in Appendix-8.

The forest land within the Project and belonging its property to Forestry General Directorate has lost its qualification. The Project area is marked on 1/25.000 scaled map and presented in Appendix-9.

IV.2.9. Preservation Areas (National Parks,Nature Parks,Nature

Monuments,Nature Preservation Areas,Wild Life Preservation Areas,Biogenetic Reserve Areas,Natural Protected Areas and Monuments,History,Cultural Protected Areas,Special Environment Preservation Regions,Special Environment Preservation Areas,Tourism Areas and Centers,Areas Within The Context Of Feeding Ground Law Identified 2873 numbered and second clause of National Parks Act and determined in

accordance with third of this Act ;“ National Parks”, “Nature Parks” , “ Nature Monuments” , “Nature Preservation Areas” aren’t available in the Project land .

In 2863 numbered and second clause of The Protection of Cultural and Natural Heritage Act and the same Act with the clauses of 3386 numbered Act preservation areas identified as “Cultural Heritage” , “Natural Heritage” , “Sit” , “Conservation Area” aren’t available in the project area. The offical letters of Sivas Province Directorate of Culture and Tourism and Sivas Directorate of Cultural and Natural Heritage Protection Area Board are presented in Appendix-8.

There are no “ Special Environmental Protection Zones” in the project area like

“Wetlands” within the scope of Ramsar Convention, areas important for scientific investigations and endemic species’ living environment areas for our country , biosphere reserves,biotopes,biogenetic reserve areas in accordance of 2872 numbered ninth clause of Environment Act by The Council Of Ministers.

There are not any “ Wildlife Conservation and Wild Animals Placement Areas” within the project area determined by Ministry Of Environment and Forests in


31

accordance with 3167 numbered Land Hunting Act. When considered the distance of Wildlife Conservation and Wild Animals Placement Areas from the Project ,The Project will not affect on Wildlife Conservation and Wild Animals Placement Areas .2009-2010 MAK Decisions and Sivas and Giresun Provinces Open and Closed Areas Of Hunting that are prepared by T.R Ministery Of Environment and General Directorate Of Nature Conversation and National Parks are given in Appendix-10.

In the Project land ,there are no areas like Important for Scientific Investigations and/or Species that are Endangered or can be endangered and living environment areas for endemic species in our country,biosfer reserve,biotopes,biogenetic reserve areas , unique features of the formations of geological and geomorphological areas.

In the Project area , there aren’t Aquaculture Production and Reproductive Fields in accordance with 1380 numbered Aquaculture Act.

In the poject area, there aren’t Sensitive Pollution Areas identifed 49th Act of Air Quality Protection Regulation published on 02/11/1986 dated and 19269 numbered of Offical Gazette.

In the Project area ,there are Areas Assumed Forest Area according to 6831 numbered of Forest Law. Certain permissions have been taken within the context of the Project and the official letter of General Directorate of Forestry is presented in Appendix-8.

In the Project area, there aren’t Areas Imposed A Structure Ban according to 3621 numbered of Coastal Law.

In the Project land ,there are areas that are determined according to 4342 numbered of Field Law. Land survey report related to the topic is prepared by Sivas Province Directorate Of Agriculture and the project is evaluated in Soil Conservation Board and it is found suitable by the Ministry. Sivas Province Directorate of Agriculture ‘s decision is given in Appendix-8.

Inthe Project area, there aren’t aquifers needed to be protected according to 167 numbered of Law on Groundwaters. IV.2.10. Mines and Fossil Fuel Sources (Reserve Amounts,Existing and Planned

Establishment Conditions, Annual Productions and Their Importance and Economic Values For Country or Native Usages)

Giresun Province, Camoluk District There isn’t a remarkable industial plant in county and there are marble and travertine

quarry in the villages of Sarpkaya and Daldibi.(www.camoluk.gov.tr) Sivas Province, Golova District There aren’t any mineral deposits in county. (Sivas Province Environmental Status

Report, 2008)

IV.2.11. Livestock(Species,NutritionAreas,Annual Production Ammounts,These Products’ Place and Value in Country’s Economy )

Sivas Province, Golova District Animal Existence

Golova District of Sivas Province animal existence in the project area is given in Table-12.


32

Table 12 Golova District Animal Presence

Sheep (Domestic-Other) 1.300 Hair Goat 190 OVINE

Total 1.490 Pure Culture 370

Culture of Hybrid 2.350 Domestic-Other 1.270 BOVINE

Total Cattle 3.990 Source: Sivas Provincial Directorate of Agriculture, 2007

Beekeeping Activities Beekeeping is one of the important activities in animal husbandry of Sivas

Province.The province is ranked fourth in Turkey after Ordu, Muğla and Adana in terms of number of colonies and honey production. Sivas is in a very attractive center situation for migratory beekeeping because it has a rich source of nectar. Gölova County Beekeeping Data in 2007 is presented in Table 13.

Table 13 Golova District’s Beekeeping Datas Of The Year 2007 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 The

Name of

District Primitive Prof. Primitive Prof. Primitive Prof. Primitive Prof. Primitive Prof.

Golova - 1.050 - 1.440 20 1,440 20 1.520 0 1300 Source: Sivas Provincial Directorate of Agriculture, 2007

Fisheries The number of fisheries facilities and production quantity of Gölova County in

2007 is presented in Table14.

Table 14 Golova District’s Fishery Products’ Datas Of The Year 2007 Number of Facilities

Active Passive Production(Ton/year)

1 - 8 Source: Sivas Provincial Directorate of Agriculture, 2007

Giresun Province, Camoluk District According to Camoluk District Directorate of Agriculture Data ,there are 4200 cattle, 800 ovine and about 200 single-hoofed animals. Animal husbandry is available within each family and is usually made for family needs. Population less than 5% make animal husbandry for commercial purpose.Very small amount of milk,yoghurt and cheese are sold. At the region, due to the low productivity of local native breeds, demand on highly productive European breed is increasing.

In addition, significant progress has been made in the field of beekeeping and the

number of bee hives in the county is 4000. Honey production is around 40 tons per year.Agricultural Credit Cooperative that was also effective on agricultural activities and providing finance in the county was closed and it has been connected to Alucra Cooperative.(www.camoluk.gov.tr)


33

IV.2.12. Areas Under Judgement and Savings of Authorized Agencies of The Nation(Military Forbidden Regions, Appropriated Lands For Definite Purposes To Public Body and Establishments,etc.)

There is no land allocated any offical purpose within the domain of the Project.There

is no land dedicated to military restricted area and public organizations. IV.2.13. Other Features There are no other issues examined in this section. IV.3. Features of Socio-Economical Environment The features of socio-economical environment are discussed in titles below. IV.3.1. Economical Features(Main Sectors Made Up District’s Economical

Structure,Distribution of Local Work Potency To These Sectors, Place and Importance in Local and Nation’s Economy in Sectors’ Goods and Service Production ,Other Information

Bovine breeding is especially common in Golova District of Sivas Province.Dairy,

milk plant and a similar facility that will evaluate daily milk in county aren’t available.Ovine breeding that was extremely made formerly in county has shown decline in recent years.Efforts are made for reviving and becoming widespread of ovine breeding with projects carried out by the District Governorship of Golova. A big decline has become in beekeeping activities because of extensive migration.

A new business arm was emerged as fishery with Golova Lake Dam.Fisheries Cooperative was found for appraising the fish in the lake the best.8 tons of fish( carp,mirror carp, freshwater mullet) average per year are sold to domestic market by this Cooperative. (www.golova.gov.tr)

In terms of social features, a large part of the general population in Camoluk District

of Giresun Province is expat and they live in İstanbul and come back to District in summers.

In terms of economical features, There are no industiral investment in the

county.Therefore, families in rural areas have migrated to big cities for working.Small–scale agricultural activities and fruit and vegetable production is done during summer months in the region. People’s main source of livelihood is animal husbandry.It is seen in recent years that the importance is given to beekeeping,cattle care and productivity (www.camoluk.gov.tr).

IV.3.2. Population (Urban and Rural Population In District, Population

Movements; Emigration, Population Increase Rates, Average House People Population, Other Information

Yaylacayı Village of Golova District of Sivas Province and Sarpkaya Village of

Camoluk District of Giresun Province populations are given in Table 15 according to data of Turkey Statistical Institute (TSI) Address Based Population Registration System (ABPRS) Database in 2008.


34

Table 15 Populations Of Yaylaçayı and Sarpkaya Villages DISTRICT-PROVINCE VILLAGE/TOWN TOTAL MAN WOMAN

Golova- Sivas Yaylacayı 75 37 38 Camoluk -Giresun Sarpkaya 178 81 97

Sivas and Giresun Provinces’ received immigration,their migration,net migration,and

net migration rate are given in Table 16 according to 2007 - 2008 period of ABPRS. Table 16 Emigration Conditions Of Sivas and Giresun Cities

PROVINCE TOTAL POPULATION REMIGRATION IMMIGRATION NET

MIGRATION

NET MIGRATION

SPEED Sivas 631.112 18.871 30.428 -11.557 -18,15 Giresun 421.766 20.089 18539 1.550 3,68

IV.3.3. Income (Distribution Of District’s Income To Job Branches, Maximum,

Minimum and Average Individual Earnings In Consideration of Job Branches) GDP values of TSI in 2001 as provinces for Sivas and Giresun Provinces are given in Table 17 and GDP per capita values as provinces are given in Table 18.GDP values of TSI in 1996 according to counties (Golova and Camoluk Districts) are presented in Table 19. Table 17 GDP As Of Cities In The Year Of 2001

Provinces Current Prices (TL)

Share of the Provinces

(%)

Development Speed(%)

With the Prices in

1987 (TL)

Share of the

Provinces (%)

Development Speed (%)

Giresun 917 041 831 0.5 48.9 522 584 0.5 10.0 Sivas 1 269 800 037 0.7 53.2 726 512 0.7 -1.4

Table 18 GDP For Capita As Of Cities In The Year Of 2001

Provinces Income (TL) Development Speed (%) $

Giresun 1,748,171,521 48.5 1.443 Sivas 1 694 144 192 54.1 1.399

Table 19 GDP Values According To Districts (Golova and Camoluk Districts)In The Year Of 1996

Province District GDP (Price of the Recipent) Share (%)

Giresun Camoluk 328,101 0.69 Sivas Golova 477,657 0.49

IV.3.4. Unemployment(Unemployed Population In District and Proportion to

Active Population

According to General Population Cencus results of the year 2000 in Giresun , unemployment rate is 8.9% . This rate is 11.1% in male population and 5.7% in female population. Unemployment rate is 30.1% in district centers , 19.3% in province centers and 0.7% in village centers. In province centers ,unemployment rate in women is 30.2% and in men 15.4%.In district centers, unemployment rate in women is 39.4% and in men 28.3%.In village centers , unemployment rate in women is 0.4% and in men 1%. Young


35

people constitute the vast majority of unemployed population. 62% of unemployed population is under 30 years old.

It is seen that unemployment rate has increased in Sivas every year.According to SIS

numbers (State Institute of Statistics), the total number of unemployed people in 1980 in Sivas is 12.369 and 10.419 of them are men.

The share of male population is 84%. When the year of 1990 ‘s data was taken into consideration, it is determined that the number of unemployed people were 20.560. The share of unemployment in the male population in this year is 82%.From these numbers, it is seen that unemployment in the province has increased by 65% in the last 10 years.

IV.3.5. Social Infrastructure Services in District(Education,Health Cultural Services and Beneficiary Status Of These Services)

Education and Culture Data of the schools, studends and teachers’ numbers in Golova District of Sivas

Province are given in Table 20. Table 20 Numeric Datas Concerning Elementary Scholls Of Golova District

School Classroom Student Teacher Preschool 1 1 20 1

Primary Edu. 1 16 361 18 Secondary Edu. 1 10 67 7

Source: www.sivas.meb.gov.tr There isn’t a general high school in Golova District and there is a vocational and

technical high school. In this vocational high school, there are 10 classrooms, 67 students and 7 teachers. The number of literacy is 23 and the number of illiterate is 9 in Yaylacayı Village.

There are a high school and 2 primary schools in Camoluk District of Giresun

Province. Dormitory for 100 people became active in academic year of 2005-2006 by Social Assistance and Solidarity Foundation and 75 primary school students and 25 high school students are stil staying in dormitory. Literacy rate in the county is 85%. The number of literacy is 83 and the number of illiterate is 52 in Sarpkaya Village. (Giresun Province Environmental Status Report,2007)

Camoluk Honey Festival that are being held in the district for 16 years is made in

August. Health There are 3 health centers in Camoluk District of Giresun Province. 3 adet sağlık

ocağı bulunmaktadır. There are 16 hospitals in Sivas Province Center and counties, 94 health centers in the province,counties and villages and 165 health houses in the province.


36

IV.3.6. Urban and Rural Area Usages (Distribution of Settling Areas, Existing and Planned Usage Areas , In This Context Industry Regions,Houses,Tourism Areas etc.)

The status of area usage in Giresun Province, Çamoluk County is given in Table 21.

Table 21 Area Usage Condition Concerning Camoluk District

Land Use Status Field(dekar) Irrigated 1.876 Cultivated Land Field Non-irrigated 17.168

Fallow Land 8.751 Irrigated 147 Vegetable and Flower Gardens Non-irrigated 278 Irrigated 310 Long Life Plants Non-irrigated 26

Woods and Forest Land 196.600 Irrigated 339 Land For Poplar and Willow Non-irrigated 2

Grassland Land 100.210 Arable But Unused Land 67.101

Marsh - Stony Field 2.795 Land Unsuitable For Agriculture Settlement Area That Are Badlands 3.992

TOTAL LAND 400.253 Source: Giresun Provincial Environment Status Report, 2007 According to results of Turkey’s enhanced soil map adopted by Mülga Topraksu

General Directorate and Sivas Province Land Asset Book (1994) published in the result of renewal studies made by Rural Servises employees, land use status of Sivas Province are as follows: There are 1.072 224 ha dry farmland , 136.755 ha irrigated agricultural land and 7728 ha land of vineyards and orchards.And agriculture is made in a total area of 1.216.707 ha.

It was observed that minor changes in these values had occured in the renewal studies in the years of 1982-1983 by the same organization. There are increases in dry farmlands because conversation pastures to farmlands continues and due to state’s irrigation of the irrigated farmlands. Irrigated agricultural areas reached to 147.979 hectares as of 31.12.2008 and 65.023 hectares of these are state irrigation, 82.956 hectares of these adequate and inadequate irrigations of farmers.Province lands are used as 18.675 hectares of meadow, 1.189 hectares of pasture ,232.618 hectares of forests, 97.906 hectares shrub land. The area of 5.036 hectares is devided for settlement.River beds cover 6.727 hectares,bare rocky places (other land) cover 86.561 hectares and water surface area covers 2.023 hectares. (Sivas Province Environmental Status Report, 2008).

IV.3.7. Other Features There are no other issues examined in this section.

Armahes Power Generation Company Muratli Weir ,HEPP and Concrete Plant Project

37

Part V: Influences On the Area Described In Part IV Of The Project and Precautions That Will Be Taken

V.1. Preparation Of The Area, Projects In The Instruction and Establishment

Stage, Effects On Physical and Biological Environment and Precautions That Will Be Taken (Weir, HEPP, Conveyance Tunnel, Conveyance Channel, Including Concrete Plant).

V.1.1. Where and How Much Space Will Be Excavated Within The Context Of

Work That Will Be Done For Preparation Of The Area ,Excavation Amount, Where To Be Transported Excavation Like Soil,Stone,Sand Etc. ,Where To Be Stored And Which Purposes They Will Be Used, Materials Used At The Time Of The Excavation

Preparation of the land and groundwork excavations will be made before the

construction of the facilities within the context of the project. Within the Project, digging operations will be made during weir

construction,conveyance tunnel/channel construction, spillway construction, power plant building construction and excavation will occur.

The amounts of excavation in accordance with the facilities are given in Table 22. Table 22 Amounts Of Excavation That Will Be Done Within The Context Of The Project

Unit Excavation Amount (m3)

Weir 63.519 Settling ditch 103.522 Tunnel 1 108.641 Tunnel 2 17.541 Channel 1 583.154 Channel 2 499.847 Head pond 59.158 Penstock 200.000 Power Plant Building 105.000 Access Road 113.341

100.000 m3 of excavation will be used for concrete preparation and 50.000 m3 will be

used as stabilized material for road construction. The remaining excavation material will be stored in storage area. Its capacity is more than 2.000.000 m3.

Engineering vehicles planned during excavation operations are given in Table 23. Table 23 Equipment That Will Be Used In The Operation Of Excavation

Vehicles and Construction Machineries That Will Be Used In the Project Quantity

Loader 1 Truck 3 Excavator 2 Concrete Pump 2 Transmixer 2 Total 12


38

Within the project, blasting operations will be carried out on rocky floor excavations during preparation of the area, on rocky ground through conveyance channels and in the construction of the conveyance tunnel.

Where The Substances Like Excavation Of Soil, Stone ,Sand Etc. Will Be Moved

and Which Purpose They Will Be Used. During excavation operation, plantal soil on the surface will be mown if it is

required.Plantal soil will be transported to storage area by trucks and it will be stored in the section of it. Mown plantal soil will be used later for landscape maintenance work of the area and in plantal landscape organizations of recreation areas.

There won’t be any intervetion in the book beds and all the necessary measures will

be taken not to be spilled excavation equipment and any type of waste. About storage areas, opinion arti cle that is the number of 9792 and dated 19.10.2009 of SHW 22nd Regional Office is presented Appendix-8. In accordance with this opinion , 2 and 3 numbered storage areas have been removed from the project and number 1 storage area has the capacity of storing unused exavation waste.At least 200 m distance will be left between number 1 storage area and Kelkit Brook.

Excavation material that will occur as a result of excavation operations will be used

as concrete aggregate material and a part of this will be used as exhibition material on new access roads that will be built or existing roads will be improved. The remaining of the excavation waste will be stored in the storage area.

V.1.2. Moving Flammable,Explosive,Dangerous,Toxic and Chemical Ones At

The Time Of The Preparation Of The Area and Also In Using Matters For Construction Of The Units,Tools and Machines That Will Be Used For These Dealings

Explosives are planned to be used in tunnels and other unit places if it is necessary

because of the geological structure of area that will be constructed. Requied permissions will be taken from Governorships Sivas and Giresun for explosives. Explosive products purchased by manufacturers will be moved to project area accordance with regulations.Escorts and 10 ton trucks will be used for the purpose of transportation of the explosives. Blasting activities will be done out of the reproduction period of organisms(March-June)

Within the project, explosives like dynamite, capcules etc. will be used for

blasting.Blasting will be done in remote locations from construction sites,social facilities and residental units. Explosive materials will be kept in a covenient place that regulations describe,under supervision, in warehouses covered with wood inside, in places taken under protection with wire fence by seperating dynamites from capsules and in places secured with warning signs.

The situation explained above is Turkish Regulations in case of there is a explosive

storage area. Explosive materials will be daily purchased from the authorized dealers in Sivas and Giresun Provinces that are being controlled by Mechanical and Chemical Industry Corporation of Turkish Republic.


39

Trained and experienced firemen will be run in blasting work. Experienced blasting and safety engineers will oversee the work. Storage and transportation of flammable and explosive substances (dynamite, gasoline and diesel etc.) safely will be under responsibility of the contractor that will perform the construction of the project.

Transportation,storage and using of thee flammable and explosive substances

(dynamite,capsules,gasoline,diesel oil etc.) safely will be made in accordance with the principles set forth with “Regulations About Precautions Taken In Workplaces and Work With Explosives,Combustible,Dangerous and Harmful Substances” published in 24.12.1973 dated and 14752 numbered of Official Gazette and “Regulations About Procedures and Principles Of Production, Importing, Transportation, Hiding, Storage, Selling, Using, Elimination Of Explosive Substances and Hunting Materials Etc. That Are Out Of Monopoly” published in 29.09.1987 dated and 19589 numbered of The Official Gazette.

Substances such as gasoline and diesel will be transported with tankers to te

construction site and will be kept in tanks buried in the field.Distribution will be made with tools and machines by pumping in accordance with the regulations. Motor oil will be provided with barrels and will be transported with trucks and its drainage will be used in the field connected to an oil holder so leaking will be prevented.Maintenance of the machines used in construction work will be made in authorized services in Golova and Camoluk Districts.Hazardous waste will be collected in accordance with the provisions of Hazardous Waste Control Regulations in situations that will make maintenance indispensable in the construction area and will be sent to licensed facilities after analysis.

Waste oil that may occur during project’s construction activities is limited with

waste engine oil derived from used machinery and equipment.Maintenance and repair of equipment will be made in places that necessary infrastructure have been provided for this work so the waste oil formation will be minimized. Waste oil that will occur in the construction area will be disposed of in accordance with “Regulation on Control of Waste Oil” published 21.04.2004 dated and 25353 numbered of The Official Gazette.

Waste storage batteries that may occur in project’s conctruction activities are

finished batteries of used equipment and vehicles. Vehicles’ battery changes will be done in places with adequate infrastructure for this work. Waste battery resources are mobile walkie talkies and portable radios used in the area. Waste batteries and accumulatorsthat will occur within the project will be appraised by collecting in accordance with “Regulation on Control of Waste Batteries and Accumulators”(RCWBA) published in 31.08.2004 dated and 25569 snumbered of The Official Gazette.

V.1.3. Flood Protection and Drainage Operations Within the Project contruction site during the construction of reguletors, the spring

and downstream cofferdams ,diversion tunnel and diversion system that consists of other auxilary banks will be protected from floods. While the spring and downstream cofferdams are constructed , it will be paid attention to flood situations.Water that can leak from the body of weir will be emptied to tail water channel with pipes by being collected behind a concrete barrier on the floor of the valley. Flow measurements mounted to output will be used for the purpose of learning whether there is an increase or not in seepage flow.


40

V.1.4. The Amounts Of The Matters Like Stone,Sand,Gravel etc Which Will Be Taken Out Because of Transactions Like Digging, Bottom Sweep That Will Be Become True With Any Purpose In The Water Environment Of The Project Area , Where To Be Moved or Which Purposes They Will Be Used For,

Within Muratli Weir and Muratli HEPP Project, excavation operations will be carried out in the water environment during the construction of the regulator’s body. Total excavation in the water environment is 6.226 m3. The material that will be removed from here will be carried with trucks to storage site and being temporarily stored here ,it can be only used as filter material in cofferdams because it isn’t suitable for concrete construction. If it isn’t used as filter material, it will be used as exhibition material in transportation roads.

V.1.5. Where, How and How Much Matters Used Will Be Ensured Because Of

The Construction Of The Weir, HEPP and Tunnel, Concrete material that will be used in the places of project structures will be

provided from concrete plant in the neighborhood by purchasing.

Cement will be provided from Gumushane Cement Plant. The distance of Cement Plant from project area is 145 km. Iron material that will be used in the Project will be provided from Karabuk Iron and Steel Plant. Iron and Stell Plant is 655 km away from the Project area. The transportation of cement and iron materials to Project area will be provided with intercity asphalt road.

V.1.6. The Capacity Of Concrete Plant Establishment, Technology, Production

Quantities Of Work Time (day-month-year), Transport Infrastructure Plan, Infrastructure Operations Related With The Construction,Machine Equipments That Will Be Used, Weir, diversion structures, fish passage, conveyance tunnels, conveyance channels, penstock and power plant that will be built within the project are in need of concrete. Material that will be used in concrete plant will be supplied from outside. One concrete plant will be planned to be used within the project.The capacity of the plant that will run in 8 hours per day and 24 days per a month is planned as 150 m3/hour. Concrete plant will be located within the construction site and is shown on the general layout plan. Machinery and equipment lists that will be planned to be established within the concrete plant are given in Table 24.

Table 24 List Of Machine-Equipment That Is Planned To Establish Within The Context Of Concrete Plant Facilities

Machinery equipment Bunker 5 Cement Silo 2 x 75 tons capacity


41

After the construction phase of the project, concrete plants will not be used. Landscape arrangements in the area will be made in order to be able to be used the area again.

Figure 12 Typical Layout of a Concrete Plant

Figure 12 presents typical layout of a concrete plant. Aggregate and sand are fed to

the system from bunker. Being weighted at the weight platform, aggregate and sand are mixed with the cement and water at the mixer. Concrete prepared at the mixer will be loaded to the concrete trucks and transported to construction sites. Bunker, weighting platform, mixer and cement silos are closed systems, therefore, dust will not be generated from concrete plant. In addition, since all water, aggregate and sand will be used for concrete preparation any type of wastewater and solid waste will not be generated.

Main noise sources of concrete plant are concrete mixer and concrete pump. There

will be 1 mixer and 1 concrete punt at the facility and noise power levels of each equipment are 115 dBA.

Equivalent noise level generated by both noise sources are calculated by the

following formula:

∑=

×=n

i

L

eq

i

L1

1010log10

where; n = Number of noise sources Li = Noise power levels of each source (dB(A))

eqL = Total equivalent noise level

BUNKER

WEIGHING PLATFORM

MİXER

CEMENT SILO

WATER


42

Leq = 10 x log (1x10115/10 + 1x10115/10) = 118,01 dB

Equivalent noise level originated from the concrete plant is calculated as 118,01 dBA.

Change of noise level with respect to distance calculated from the formula given

below.

⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛×+=

2..4log10

rQLL eqP π

Lp : Noise level (dBA) Q : Attenuation number related with the topography (since the topography is

relatively hilly this factor is taken as 2) r : Distance (m)

Change of noise level with respect to time is given in Table 25.

Table 25. . Change of Noise Level with respect to Distance r (m) Lp (dBA)

10 90,0 20 84,0 30 80,5 50 76,0 70 73,1

100 70,0 200 64,0 300 60,5 400 58,0 500 56,0 600 54,5

1000 50,0 According to Turkish Regulation on Assessment and Management of Environmental Noise, the noise level originating from construction activities and reaching to residential areas must not exceed 70 dBA. As seen from Table 25, noise level reaching to settlement is 500 m away from the concrete plant is 56 dBA that is well below the limit value. Therefore, noise originated from the concrete plant will not create any adverse impact on nearest residential area.

V.1.7. Ground Safety, Landslide(High Landslide Risk In The Region Also Be

Considered.)Making Operations Not To Happen A Water Leakage,Measures That Will Be Taken In Construction Of The Tunnel and Channel

Weir structure within the Project is the important structure of the system. Soil excavations should not be made by blasting, hydraulic jaws should be absolutely used in rigid excavations,especially ground floor should not be crumpled. Weak bases that can be


43

appeared in ground floor should be evacuated and these segments should be filled with concrete. In cross sectional excavation that will be made,ground stability and sensitivity of dominant ground should be taken into consideration and slope angles should be given. In the excavations of chest incision, the head ditches should be projected by being calculated land’s slope flow and the flow of the water that will flow in maximum precipitation on the slope.Downstreams of these should be connected to river bed.The swelling of concrete should be prevented by being laid filtered drainage pipes under closing slabs.These drainages should be drained behind the edge walls and should be connected to river bed. Concrete aggregates of weir should not include porous materials,unit volume weight must be on specification criteria (min. 1,5 kg/cm3) and flat material should not be used. It is recommended that pollution (organic matter etc.) should not exceed 1%.

Cement that is used in concrete production should be resistant to alcali and cement of

high fineness module. Mixture account should be made in the ratio of water/cement that the extent will not exceed the amount of water that will enter in hydration. In order to obtain spaceless concrete , additive should be used if needed. Dosage that is used in production should be determined by making account of dose that will give high strength. Used concrete must be placed before setting.

Great care should be taken about this.Necessary care should be taken because

concrete cure is the factor that extends/shortens life of the concrete.Molds that are used on walls (visible surfaces) should be plywood-based molds. Chiping must be done on concrete surface that was poured previously for wall concrete that will pour on the base, also on this surface, wall concrete should be provided to be locked with the base by giving trapezodial tooth formation at the end of concrete phase on fresh concrete horizontally.

In transverse and longitudinal joints of raft concrete , A-type water holder should be

used. Private sockets should be designed in moulds in order to place the water holders vertical and full section to the mould in these sections.

Discharge of the water from slopes should be provided being filled with granular

material behind the wall of Weir. The concrete surfaces of curved weir should be polished without roughness. Otherwise, hydraulic force of water will cause turmoil carving and expanding the overhangs.

Concrete should be placed in their section in height and speed that will not permit

segregation. Concrete placed in the cross-section horizontally with workers’ skill by not moving the cross section inside, measures should be taken first while being placed in the section.Concrete according to section that will place should be beaten with vibrators that vibration velocity and diameter are suitable. Vibrators should be submitted as quickly as possible with the right angle into concrete but should be withdrawn more slowly.

Vibration should be enough in the bottom layer for connecting the concrete layer

whose depth spreading down to the upper layer. Concrete should be spread into mould in equal height.This height will be set

according to the volume of mass concrete and measures between 30-50 cm are ideal. Reinforced concrete irons should be without joined and anchorage as possible. The concrete cover distance in project should be taken into consideration. They must be in 4200 kg/cm2 breaking strength according to iron specipications, rolled iron should not be used. Elements like oxide shoul not be on the iron. Elements like permanent installations(


44

cover slots, radial valve handles) that will be installed into the concrete should not be installed by creating eccentricity into sections, it can cause deformation because the installation that is done in this way will take also the voltage of the other valve handle on medium feet. These valves should be painted three times with red lead paint , the dyes must be renewed from time to time during business.

Pipe trench excavations should be done according to excavation plans that are

sectioned according to diameters of pipe. Cushion material that is specified in specifications should be placed carefully, mixture of sand-gravel materials should be appropriate. Cushion filling should be applied up to the level seen in the pipe installation section. Likewise, the liner filling should be placed to the sides of the pipe up to the height of the section. Linee filling should be pressed firmly around the pipe with man power,if any gaps or inadequate compression occur, it will cause the pipe breaking because compressed pipe will make displacement to that way.

Installation weld of penstock in the route that is starting from downstream is

important to be made. X-ray of all installations should be taken. Welding operations should be done using shielded carbon electrode welding on steel pipes.Resource calculations ,depending on thickness of the pipe should be designed to meet the pressure coming from the source.

Filling of the top of the pipes should be compressed in the ratio that water will not

pass to the base of the pipe trench. Otherwise , pipeline will be damaged in the events of freze-thaw events pipeline.

In order to meet axial load of water in the penstockproject, line from various places

must be connected to the ground with concrete that is determined. Otherwise,in case of sudden pressure and discharge, negative moments that will arise from swelling and shrinkage will cause deformation of the line.

The back parts of side walls’ concrete of head pond should be filled with granular

materials, accumulated water should be removed with drain pipes that will be placed to the base. Priority should be the building of the roads according to construction line. Then weir structures, pipelines construction and power plant building can be done. The priority operation is the project’s application by establishing the coordinate system at first.Type section should be made in accordance with the technical specifications of the permanent way because the facility will be used for many years. Most of the year will be passed in winter conditions because of the region that project will be established.

Therefore, it shouldn’t be thought that these roads will be used as a detour during the

construction period, route of the line should not allow to ponds on the slopes of transverse and longitudinal. Drainage trenches on the sides should always be on the function of the size and capacity.


45

V.1.8. Type and Numbers Of The Trees That Will Be Cut So As To Ensure The Necessary Area For The Preparation and Construction Area,Influences Of The Trees That Will Be Cut On The Forest Ecosystem In The Region, Natural Plant Species That Will Be Eliminated and In How Much Space This Work Will Be, Impacts On Fauna That May Be,

Within the scope of the Project in relation to forest areas, “Land Review Evaluation Form” is prepared by Giresun Forest Regional Directorate Sebinkarahisar Forest Administration Directorate Chief Of Sebinkarahisar Forest Management,is presented in Appendix-8. Stand shape is wood. The amount of forest area is 112.293 m2, the area that is not forest is 157.628 m2.

Necessary permission is given in order to construct conveyance channel,penstock

and approach road related to the Project in the forest area of 112.293 m2 by T.R Ministry Of Environment and Forestry, General Directorate Of Forestry , Cadastre and Property Department and it is indicated that the use of this area will continue until the date of March 13,2057 . Opinion article related to topic is given in Appendix-8. The areas involved in the project and their property belonging to General Directorate Of Forestry have lost their qualification of forest.The land of the Project is mareked on the 1/25.000 scaled Stand Map and is presented in Appendix-9.

V.1.9. Preparation Of The Area,The Size Of The Agriculture Areas That Will

Be Charged Off So As To Ensure The Necessary Area For Construction Of The Area,Their Land Use Capabilities ,Types Of Agriculture Products, Within the Project, agricultural areas belonging to Village Legal Entity,Treasury of Finance(registered or not registered), people wil be expropriated. The rest of the area belong to General Directorate Of Forestry,certain permissions are taken from this institution.

V.1.10. Types Of Fuel That Will Be Used In Business From The Preparation Of The Area To Opening The Units , Their Features,Emissions That Will Arise,

Diesel will be used as fuel in various heavy construction machineries that will be used in the construction of the facilities of the project. The chemical features of diesel are given in Table 26. In other activities except diesel,gasoline and electricity,wood and cool are used for heating purposes in the construction site areas. Fuel will not be used in building construction sites except the type of fuel that is used in the region during winter months.


46

Table 26 Chemical Features Of Diesel Fuel PARAMETER UNIT VALUE

Density(at 15ºC) kg/L 0,820-0,860 Flash point ºC 55 (minimum) Cold fitler clogging point– winter ºC -10 (maximum) Cold fitler clogging point – summer ºC 5 (maximum) Distillation – recycled at 250ºC % (volume) 65 (maximum) Distillation – recycled at 350ºC % (volume) 85 (minimum) Distillation – recycled at 370ºC % (volume) 95 (minimum) Sulfur % (weight) 0,70 (maximum) Carbon residue (10% over the ruins) % (weight) 0,30 (maximum) Fluidity(at 40ºC) cSt 2,0-4,5 Ash % (weight) 0,01 (maximum) Cetan Index - 46 (minimum) Water mg/kg 200 (maximum) Particulate material mg/kg 25 (maximum) Oxidation stability g/m³ 25 (maximum)

Source: www.tupras.com.tr

According to USEPA, emission factors that will occur from a heavy-duty machinery whose maintaining is done regularly while going with the speed of 0-30 km/hour; is 8.61 g/minute for CO, is 1.38 g/minute for HC and is 6.27 g/minute for NOx .

Provided that electrically operated construction machineries are not considered,

CO, HC and NOx emissions that will occur from dozer, crawler-wheel loaders, graders, rollers, trucks, excavators, jumbo driller, concrete pump,concrete mixer and motor-pumps are calculated with emission factors of USEPA assuming that one each from each machine and running continuously for eight hours a day. The values of these emissions are given in Table 27. Table 27 Emission Predictions That Will Originate From Construction Machineries

POLLUTANT EMISSION FACTOR(g/minute)

DURATION (hour)

DAILY EMISSION(kg/day)

CO 8,61 8 37,0 HC 1,38 8 6,0 NOx 6,27 8 27

In the project area , air pollutants (CO, HC ve NOx and PM) are expected to be in a

very low value. Therefore, emissions that will occur from the work of construction machineries are not expected to have serious impact on air quality.

Exhaust emissions of all vehicles will be measured regularly by authorized

organizations and it will be documented that determined limit values provide for exhaust emissions.


47

V.1.11. Water Quantities Taken From The Sources That Water Will Be Ensured To Be Used Within The Context Of The Project,Water Supply System and Amounts According To Usage Purposes Of These Waters ,Kinds and Amounts Of Waste Water That Will Occur,The Environments That They Will Be Discharged,

The main points of water use in the construction phase of the project are as follows;

a) Concrete mix water necessary for the construction,

b) Water required for washing the equipments (mixer,pan mixer,pumps etc.)of concrete plant,

c) Spraying water for the prevention of dust d) Water for drinking-using purposes will be for staff.

Water need for personel use , concrete mix water,water need for washing the

equipments of concrete plant and prevention of dust will be provided from caission well that will be opened int area of the project.

Drinking-using water of personnel that will work in the project will be provided from

mains water og Cevizli Neighborhood. Water Use Quantity According To Intended Use Washing Of The Equipments Of The Concrete Plant 50 m3 water is consumed per day for washing the mixers,pumps in concrete plant. Spraying Water The quantity of water that will be used for prevention of dust in the operations of

spraying at the stage of the construction is not known and sufficient irrigation will be carried out providing the 10% of the top layer of soil to keep moist in the areas that will be excavated or excavation material will be poured. It is anticipated that average 15.000 lt (15 m3/day) per day of water consumption will be for this operation out of the days that are rainy and snowy in the region.

Drinking-Using Water Of Personnel Within the Muratli Weir , Muratli HEPP projects, total of 75 unqualified staff is

planned to be worked. Total 0f 75 people will be executed for the land preparation and construction phase

of the project. Daily average water consumption per capita in calculations is accepted as 150 liters1.

Using water need = person x ave. water consumption =75 x 150 = 11.250 lt/day Total of the water consumption that occur from 75 personnel working for land

preparation and construction phase of the project is 11,25 m3 . 3 Provincial Bank


48

Waste Formation Resources Waste water containing high suspended solids will occur as a result of equipment

wash in land preparation and construction phase of the project that personel will work and in the concrete production process stage of the ready-mixed concrete plant.

Domestic Wastewater Originating From Personnel Wastewater originating from total 75 of personnel that will work in construction of

units and in concrete plant will be domestic. Total of 75 people will be executed for the land preparation and construction phase

of the project. In this case; the amount of wastewater and pollution loads that will occur from wastewater is calculated below. Daily average water consumption per capita in calculations is accepted as 150 liters and pollution load is accepted as 54 g BOI.

Using water need = person x ave. water consumption = 75 x 150 = 11.250 lt/day Total pollution load = person x ave. pollution load = 75 x 54 = 4.050 g BOD/day If water that is used by personnel returns as %100 of wastewater, Wastewater amount = using water need x the percentage of transfer= 11.250 lt/day x

1,0 = will be 11.250 lt/day (11,25 m3).

Total of the wastewater that occur from 75 personnel working for land preparation and construction phase of the project is 11,25 m3 .

Domestic wastewaters contain suspended ,colloidal, and dissolved organic and

inorganic substances. Climatic conditions, living standards of people and cultural mores affect the wastewater characteristics significantly. Concentrations varies depending on the values of daily water usage per capita. Although the amount of waste discharged to water is different from according to the characteristics of the societies , this difference is not so high.

In Table 28, the characteristics of typical domestic wastewater that are raw, unrefined and never been subjected to a process are given. As can be seen from the Table, Waste consists of very large rate of organic food like carbon , nitrogen , phosphorus and high concentrations of microorganisms. These are inclined to disintegrate quickly and their biological degradation continues even when they flow from the channel. Thus, some features of wastewater are changing over time.

All values in the table are given in the unit of g/person-day in terms of being used in

designing easily and compared easily for different societies.


49

Table 28 Some Typical Features Of Wastewaters Having The Quality Of Domestic 2 Parameter Concentrations (g/person-day)

BON5 45-54

COD 1,6 – 1,9 X BOD

Total Organic Carbon 0,6 – 1,0 X BOD

Total Solid Substance 170 – 220

Chloride 4 – 8

Total Nitrogen 6 – 12

Free Ammonia 0,6 X Total N

Total Phosphorus 0,6 – 4,5

Inorganic (Polyphosphate) 0,7 X P

COD= 1,9 X 4.050 = 7.695 g KOI/day Total Organic Carbon= 1 x 4.050 = 4.050 g TOC/day TSS = 75x 220= 16.500 g/day Chloride= 8 x 75 = 600 g/day Total of N= 12 x 75= 900 g / day Free Ammonia = 0,6 x 900 =540 g/day Total of P = 4,5 x 75 = 337,5 g /day Inorganic= 0,7 x 337.5 = 236,25 g/day Domestic wastewater originating from workers that will work in the construction

will collect in watertight Septic tankthat will be opened in construction site area.Septic tankwill be constructed in accordence with the provisions of “Regulations on Pits That Will Be Opened In Places Where Cesspool Construction Is Not Possible” published in 1971 by Ministry of Health. This regulation states that in case, there is not any sewerage system and treatment plant at the region, the septic facilities or septic tanks must be constructed according to this regulation. Otherwise, certificate of occupancy will not be provided. The facilities and the tanks will be audited by the relevant authorities. Wastewater wil be collected in cesspits and it will be removed by vacuuming with a vacuum truck belonging to Sebinkarahisar Municipality for a fee when the protocol of Şebinkarahisar Municipality is finished. The protocols made with Municipality will be kept for 5 years by the owner and will be declared to officials in controls. Septic tankthat will be opened in construction site area within the Project will be in the size of 4 x 4 x 5 m (B x L x h).

Wastewater From Concrete Plant Transmixers that carrying the concrete produced in concrete plants should not be

leaking while moving materials. Mixers should absolutely turn back and be washed whiile carrying the concrete or after casting the concrete. In concrete plant, 50 m3/day wastewater will be occur after washing the mixers. TSS concentration and turbidity that will occur is

2 S. J. Arceivala. (2002).Environmental Pollution Control In Wastewater Treatment. (Translated By: V. Balman). Tata – Mc Graw Hill.


50

quite high. Therefore, “Settling ditch” will be constructed in the facility for recycling the wastewater and aggregate. For this purpose ,settling ditch with the volume of 56 m3 ( 3,75 m x 3,75 m x 4 m) and waiting 24 hours is planned on the area of concrete power plant. Thus, the water and aggregate of washed transmixers will be given to the settling ditch and will be provided the seperation of solid materials inside it.

Treated water in terms of TSS and inside the pool will be used in washing of mixers

inside and out by means of a pump that will be placed on the surface doing loopback. The mud accumulated at the bottom of the pool will be used as filling material in the project after being dried .

As 15 m3 of water that will be used in spraying operations for prevention of dust in

the area will evaporate , wastewater will not occur. In addition, as 60 m3/ day of water that will be used in the mixture of cement with hydration will remain in concrete, it will not return as wastewater.

In removing wastewater that will occur in construction stage, the provisions of

“Water Pollution Control Regulation” published in O.G dated 31 December, 2004 No.25687 will be complied carefully. According to Article 21 of this regulation, unpurified household and industrial waste water can not be discharged to reservoirs built for the aims out of drinking and using water and lake and small lakes. Article 32 also states that, for the places not having canalization system, if the population is less than eighty four, household waste water is sent to septic tanks, which are built on the basis of decisions of Regulation on Septic Tanks and it is sent to wastewater substructure facility.

V.1.12. Solid Waste Amount That Will Happen From The Preparation Of The

Area To Opening The Units, How It Will Be Avoided, The preparation of the land –In construction stage ;

Domestic waste that will occur as a result of employees’ fulfiling their daily needs, Excavation waste that will occur in excavation work, The bottom mud of settling ditch, Solid waste originating from construction will be.

Domestic Solid Waste Domestic solid waste originating from 75 people that will work for the preparation

of the land and in the construction stage in the project will occur. The amount of domestic solid waste is calculated below using the value of 1,34 kg

The number of employees : 75 kişi The amount of solid waste unit : 1,34 kg/kişi/day The amount of solid waste : 75 x 1,34 = 100.5 kg/day

75 people will work for the preparation of the area and in the construction stage in

the project and according to this, 100.5 kg/day of solid waste will occur. The collection, accumulation and removal of the waste that will occur in the

construction stage will be done as stated in Solid Waste Control Regulation. Dumping of


51

domestic solid waste into the seas, lakes, and environments like these ,streets, forests and the places that environment will be negatively affected is strictly prohibited as stated in the Article 18 of “Solid Waste Control Regulation” published in O.G dated 14 March,1991 No.20814. So, solid waste that will occur in the Project will be collected in closed containers in the construction site area and they will be removed regularly in the field with garbage collection of Camoluk Municipality with private covered vehicles by employees.

At the stage of removing solid waste that has occured in the Project, It will be strictly

obeyed “The Regulations On Solid Waste Control” published in Official Gazette dated March 14,1991 No.20814. with the alterations published in Official Gazette dated April 3, 1991 and No. 20834 , dated February 22,1992 and No. 21150 , dated November 2,1994 and No. 22099 , dated September 15 , 1998 and No. 23464 , dated September 18, 1999 and No. 23790 , dated April 29 ,2000 and No. 24034 , dated April 25, 2002 and No. 24736 , dated April 5 , 2005 and No. 25777. The articles of The Regulations On Solid Waste Control that will be complied with within this project are:

Article 5; municipalities are responsible with proper collection and disposal of solid

wastes and taking the necessary measures to minimize the impact on environment. Article 8; hazardous wastes, packing materials and domestic solid wastes shall be

collected and store separately. Article 18; disposal of solid wastes to river, lake, sea and similar receiving

environments, streets and forests are strictly forbidden. Waste containers where solid wastes are collected shall be kept close and shall be located on the streets at the time of collection by the municipality.

Excavation Waste The preparation of the land and excavation operations of the base will be made

before the construction of the facilities within the project. Primarily in the context of this work vegetable soil on the surface will be removed. As a result of the excavation work, excavation waste will occur.

Materials of excavation waste that will occur except vegetable soil will be carried to

cover molding casting area near the weir by trucks in order to prevent the random thrown out of the places from construction area and will be stored here temporarily. Evaluable ones of the materials that will occur after excavation will be used as concrete aggregate material. Rock material obtained by the excavation process will be used as filling material for the constructions of power plant building and cofferdam within the units of the project. The remaining excavation material is used as exhibition material in either new or improved access roads.

The removing of the excavation waste that will occur within the projects, İt will be

strictly obeyed the provisions of Excavation Soil, Waste of Construction and Ruin Waste Control Regulations published in O.G. dated March18 , 2004 and No. 25406 (The provisions of Article 9., 13., 14., 16. and 23. ).


52

The Bottom Mud Of The Settling ditch One settling ditch will be planned on the concrete power plant within the project.

Because of the material’s including aggregate material that is accumulated at the bottom of the settling ditchs, İt will be dried in the borders of the facility area and then will be used as filling material within the project. The material at the bottom of the settling ditch will be cleaned two times in a month.

Solid Waste Originating From Construction Timber residues, cement kraft , construction iron,iron pipes,concrete and injection of

waste materials will be during construction work. These waste will be collected within appropriate regions in the project and will be sent to licensed recycling facilities.

Concrete and injection waste of materials will be used as filling material. V.1.13. Vibration That Will Happen Because Of Operations Beginning From

The Preparation Of The Area To Opening The Units, Sources and Level Of Noise, Cumulative Values,

The list of total machinery and equipment that will be used during the constructions

of Muratlı Weir ve HEPP Project is given in Table 23. The machinery that will be used during the work in the area is the same except for tunnel constructions. Engineering machines will be calculated only once because they are the same and are used in the same construction areas to avoid repetition of calculation but they will be evaluated apart from each other. The noise of machineries working in the tunnel do not damage the environment or do not affect the environment negatively. So, any calculations about tunnel operations will not be made.

Noise calculations are made according to the worst case considering all engineering

machineries working together. In addition , Rock Drill will be used only in tunnel construction during construction operation and will not be used the other units’ construction operations. So, the noise level of Rock Drill is not calculated in noise calculations.

Noise will occur as a result of working of the engineering machineries during the

preparation of the land and the constriction. These activities are not in the list of facilities subject to permission In Appendix-7 of “Environmental Noise Assessment and Management Regulation” that came to force and published in The Offical Gazette dated March 7,2008 and No.26809. For this reason, acoustic report has not been prepared for activities. Noise calculations are prepared based on the provisions of these regulations.

Limit values are given for construction site area in “Environmental Noise

Assessment and Management Regulation” of Article 23,Annex-8,Table 5 that came to force and published in The Offical Gazette dated March 7 ,2008 and No.26809. These values are presented as Table 29.


53

Table 29 Environmental Noise Border Values For Building Site

Type of the activities (construction, destruction and assembly) Ldaytime (dBA) Building 70 Road 75 Other Sources 70

Noise that will occur in the area and noise levels of possibble noise sources are

preapared by the Ministry of Industry and Commerce and they are found with the help of formulas according to defined engine power levels given in the table in Article 5 of “Regulations Related To The Noise Emission In The Environment Generated By Equipment Used In Outdoor” come to force and published in The Official Gazette dated December 30, 2006 and No. 26392. From the list of machinery-equipment in the table given Article 5 , Equipment types used in this area and formulas defined according to their engine powers are given in Table 30. Table 30 Equipment Type and Sound Power Levels Identified According to Effective Capacity Level

Allowable sound power level dB/1 pW

Type of equipment

Net installed capacity P(kW),

Electricity power Pel

(1)(kW), Application of mass m (kg), Cutting width L (cm)

Since July 3, 2004 Ist Phase

Since January 3, 2006 IInd Phase

P ≤ 8 108 105(2) 8 < P ≤ 70 109 106(2)

Compression machineries(vibrating rollers, vibrating plates builder,vibratory hammers)

P > 70 89 + 11 log P 86 + 11 log P(2)

P ≤ 55 106 103(2) Crawler dozers,crawler loaders, crawler excavator loaders P > 55 87 + 11 log P 84 + 11 log

P(2) P ≤ 55 104 101(2)(3) Wheeled dozers,wheeled loaders,wheeled

excavators-loaders,dump trucks,graders,loader type soil filling compressors, hydraulic weighted trucks with internal combustion engine,mobile cranes,compaction machineries (non-interlaced rollers) pavement polishing machineries, hydraulic power generation machinery

P > 55 85 + 11 log P 82 + 11 log P(2)(3)

P ≤ 15 96 93 Excavators,hoists to move goods,building (construction) cranes,motor anchors machinery

P > 15 83 + 11 log P 80 + 11 log P

m ≤ 15 107 105 15< m < 30 94 + 11 log

m 92 + 11 log m(2)

Hand –held concrete breakers and

perforators m ≥ 30 96 + 11 log

m 94 + 11 log m

Tower cranes 98 + log P 96 + log P Pel ≤ 2 97 + log Pel 95 + log Pel 2 < Pel ≤ 10 98 + log Pel 96 + log Pel

Welding and power generators Pel > 10 97 + log Pel 95 + log Pel

P ≤ 15 99 97 Compressors P > 15 97 + 2 log P 95 + 2 log P

L ≤ 50 96 94(2) Lawn mower and grass correction/ lawn 50< L ≤ 70 100 98


54

70< L ≤ 120 100 98(2) edge trimming machineries L > 120 105 103(2)

(1) For welding generators Pel : Load voltage multiplied by current known classical source for the smallest value of the factor given by manufacturer. For Power generators Pel : ISO 8528-1: Main power according to article 13. 3. 2. of 1993 standard. (2) The values belonging to IInd Phase are the quality of full sample for following types of equipment: - vibratory rollers walking behind, - vibratory plates (> 3 kW) - vibratory hammers - dozers (steel railled) - loaders (steel railled > 55 kW) - hydraulic weighted trucks with internal combustion engine, - pavement polishing machineries with compression part - hand –held concrete breakers and perforators with internal combustion engine (15 < m < 30) - lawn mower and grass correction/ lawn edge trimming machineries Exact values will depend on what changes will be made by the Comission.In the absence of such an amendment,the values belonging to Ist Phase will continue to be valid fort he values belonging to IInd Phase. (3) For single engine mobile cranes,the values belonging to I st Phase will continue to be valid until January 3 , 2008 .After this date, the values of II nd Phase will be valid.. Allowable sound power level must be rounded to the nearest integer. (Small number is used for smaller than 0.5 and big number is used for equal to 0.5 and bigger than 0.5).

Engine powers of equipment used during the operations of the construction in the

project are given in Table 31. Table 31 Engine Powers of Machineries That Will Be Used In Project

Unit Engine Power Excavator 160 HP,120 kW

Truck 150 HP,112 kW Loader 160 HP,120 kW

Concrete Pump 100 HP,75 Kw Transmixer 100 HP,75 Kw

*** 1 HP= 0,746 Kw Calculation Of Sound Power Levels Of Machineries Sound Power Level of each machinery is calculated below in accordance with the

formulas given in Table 30. Excavators: The engine power of Excavator that will be used in the project is 160 HP = 120 kW.

The formula of “82+ 11 log P” is used in the calculation of sound power because the conclusion of evaluation given in Table 30 for excavator is P = 135 kW > 55 kW;

Lw = 82+11 log 120=105 dBA


55

Truck: The engine power of truck that will be used in the project is 150 HP = 112 kW . The

formula of “Lw= 82 + 11 log P” is used in the calculation of sound power because the conclusion of evaluation given in Table 30 for truck is P = 112 kW > 55 kW;

Lw = 82+11 log 112= 105 dBA Loader: The engine power of loader that will be used in the project is 160 HP = 120 kW.

The formula of “Lw= 82 + 11 log P” is used in the calculation of sound power because loader in Table 30 is P = 120 kW > 55 kW;

Lw = 82+11 log 120 = 105 dBA

Concrete Pump: The engine power of concrete pump that will be used in the project is 100HP = 75

kW. The formula of “Lw = 82 + 11 log P” is used in the calculation of sound power because the conclusion of evaluation given in Table 30 for concrete pump is P > 55 kW;

Lw = 82+11 log 75= 103 dBA Transmixer: The engine power of transmixer that will be used in the project is 100HP = 75 kW.

The formula of “Lw = 82 + 11 log P” is used in the calculation of sound power because transmixer in Table 30 is P > 55 kW;

Lw = 82+11 log 75= 103 dBA Potential noise sources that will work in the project area and noise level of these

sources are given in table below.

Table 32 Probable Noise Sources and Levels In Project Area

Unit Noise Level (dB) Excavator 105

Truck 105 Loader 105

Concrete Pump 103 Transmixer 103

Ready-Mixed Concrete Facility 90 The areas that the same engineering machineries use in the project area are divided

into three seperate areas. The calculations of noise levels due to construction work of areas are given below.


56

1) Noise Calculations of Weir Area-Settling ditch- Head pond-Penstock-Power Plant Building Construction Operations.

The engineering machineries planned to work together in these areas are three trucks,one loader,one excavator ,one concrete pump and one transmixer.

For determining the noise sound level originating from engineering machines in the

project area, Atmospheric attenuation accout that will be used is given in Table 33 and correction factors required for calculation of net sound levels (Lpi) of 4 octave band in the distance are given in Table 34.

Table 33 Atmospherical Absorption Calculation

Atmospherical Absorption 500 1000 2000 4000

50 0,02 0,06 0,25 0,99 100 0,03 0,12 0,49 1,97 200 0,09 0,25 0,99 3,95 300 0,02 0,37 1,48 5,92 400 0,12 0,49 1,97 7,89 500 0,15 0,62 2,47 9,87 750 0,23 0,93 3,70 14,80

1000 0,31 1,23 4,93 19,73 1250 0,39 1,54 6,17 24,67 1500 0,46 1,85 7,40 29,60 2000 0,62 2,47 9,87 39,47 3000 0,93 3,70 14,80 59,20

Table 34 Correction Factors

Correction Factor

500 1000 2000 4000 50 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00

100 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00 200 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00 300 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00 400 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00 500 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00 750 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00 1000 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00 1250 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00 1500 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00 2000 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00 3000 -3,20 0,00 1,20 1,00

4 octave band sound pressure level of machineries that will be used in the project

area is given in Table 35.


57

Table 35 Sound Pressure Level In 4 Octave Band For Machines That Will Be Used In Weir Area-Settling ditch-Head pond-Penstock-Power Plant Building Area

Sound Pressure Level (dB) Total Sound Pressure

Level Source of Noise Distance(m)

500Hz 1000Hz 2000Hz 4000Hz Lpt=Lwt+10(Q / 4 π r2) 50 64,80 64,80 64,80 64,80 70,80 100 58,78 58,78 58,78 58,78 64,80 200 52,76 52,76 52,76 52,76 58,80 300 49,24 49,24 49,24 49,24 55,30 400 46,74 46,74 46,74 46,74 52,80 500 44,80 44,80 44,80 44,80 50,80 750 41,28 41,28 41,28 41,28 47,30

1000 38,78 38,78 38,78 38,78 44,80 1250 36,84 36,84 36,84 36,84 42,90 1500 35,26 35,26 35,26 35,26 41,30 2000 32,76 32,76 32,76 32,76 38,80

Truck

3000 29,24 29,24 29,24 29,24 35,30 50 60,03 60,03 60,03 60,03 66,10 100 54,01 54,01 54,01 54,01 60,00 200 47,99 47,99 47,99 47,99 54,00 300 44,47 44,47 44,47 44,47 50,50 400 41,97 41,97 41,97 41,97 48,00 500 40,03 40,03 40,03 40,03 46,10 750 36,51 36,51 36,51 36,51 42,50

1000 34,01 34,01 34,01 34,01 40,00 1250 32,07 32,07 32,07 32,07 38,10 1500 30,49 30,49 30,49 30,49 36,50 2000 27,99 27,99 27,99 27,99 34,00

Loader

3000 24,47 24,47 24,47 24,47 30,50 50 60,03 60,03 60,03 60,03 66,10 100 54,01 54,01 54,01 54,01 60,00 200 47,99 47,99 47,99 47,99 54,00 300 44,47 44,47 44,47 44,47 50,50 400 41,97 41,97 41,97 41,97 48,00 500 40,03 40,03 40,03 40,03 46,10 750 36,51 36,51 36,51 36,51 42,50

1000 34,01 34,01 34,01 34,01 40,00 1250 32,07 32,07 32,07 32,07 38,10 1500 30,49 30,49 30,49 30,49 36,50 2000 27,99 27,99 27,99 27,99 34,00

Excavator

3000 24,47 24,47 24,47 24,47 30,50 50 58,03 58,03 58,03 58,03 64,10 100 52,01 52,01 52,01 52,01 58,00 200 45,99 45,99 45,99 45,99 52,00 300 42,47 42,47 42,47 42,47 48,50 400 39,97 39,97 39,97 39,97 46,00 500 38,03 38,03 38,03 38,03 44,10 750 34,51 34,51 34,51 34,51 40,50

1000 32,01 32,01 32,01 32,01 38,00 1250 30,07 30,07 30,07 30,07 36,10 1500 28,49 28,49 28,49 28,49 34,50 2000 25,99 25,99 25,99 25,99 32,00

Concrete Pump

3000 22,47 22,47 22,47 22,47 28,50 50 58,03 58,03 58,03 58,03 64,10 100 52,01 52,01 52,01 52,01 58,00

Transmixer

200 45,99 45,99 45,99 45,99 52,00


58

300 42,47 42,47 42,47 42,47 48,50 400 39,97 39,97 39,97 39,97 46,00 500 38,03 38,03 38,03 38,03 44,10 750 34,51 34,51 34,51 34,51 40,50

1000 32,01 32,01 32,01 32,01 38,00 1250 30,07 30,07 30,07 30,07 36,10 1500 28,49 28,49 28,49 28,49 34,50 2000 25,99 25,99 25,99 25,99 32,00 3000 22,47 22,47 22,47 22,47 28,50

Lowering of these values for machineries from The Level Of Sound Pressure In 4

Octave Band is composed in Table 36.

Table 36 Clear Sound Level In 4 Octave According To Distances In Weir Area-Settling ditch-Head pond-Penstock-Power Plant Building Area

Sound Pressure Level (dB) Total Sound Pressure Level Source of

Noise Distance(m) 500Hz 1000Hz 2000Hz 4000Hz Lpt=Lwt+10(Q / 4 π r2)

50 64,79 64,74 64,55 63,81 70,50 100 58,75 58,66 58,29 56,81 64,20 200 52,67 52,51 51,77 48,81 57,70 300 49,23 48,87 47,76 43,32 53,80 400 46,62 46,25 44,77 38,85 51,00 500 44,65 44,18 42,33 34,93 48,80 750 41,05 40,36 37,58 26,48 44,70

1000 38,47 37,55 33,85 19,05 41,80 1250 36,46 35,30 30,67 12,17 39,50 1500 34,80 33,41 27,86 5,66 37,70 2000 32,14 30,29 22,89 -6,71 34,60

Truck

3000 28,32 25,54 14,44 -29,96 30,30 50 60,02 59,97 59,78 59,04 65,70 100 53,98 53,89 53,52 52,04 59,40 200 47,90 47,74 47,00 44,04 52,90 300 44,46 44,10 42,99 38,55 49,10 400 41,85 41,48 40,00 34,08 46,20 500 39,88 39,41 37,56 30,16 44,00 750 36,28 35,59 32,81 21,71 40,00

1000 33,70 32,78 29,08 14,28 37,10 1250 31,69 30,53 25,90 7,40 34,80 1500 30,03 28,64 23,09 0,89 32,90 2000 27,37 25,52 18,12 -11,48 29,90

Loader

3000 23,55 20,77 9,67 -34,73 25,50 50 60,02 59,97 59,78 59,04 65,70 100 53,98 53,89 53,52 52,04 59,40 200 47,90 47,74 47,00 44,04 52,90 300 44,46 44,10 42,99 38,55 49,10 400 41,85 41,48 40,00 34,08 46,20 500 39,88 39,41 37,56 30,16 44,00 750 36,28 35,59 32,81 21,71 40,00

1000 33,70 32,78 29,08 14,28 37,10 1250 31,69 30,53 25,90 7,40 34,80 1500 30,03 28,64 23,09 0,89 32,90 2000 27,37 25,52 18,12 -11,48 29,90

Excavator

3000 23,55 20,77 9,67 -34,73 25,50


59

50 58,02 57,97 57,78 57,04 63,70 100 51,98 51,89 51,52 50,04 57,40 200 45,90 45,74 45,00 42,04 50,90 300 42,46 42,10 40,99 36,55 47,10 400 39,85 39,48 38,00 32,08 44,20 500 37,88 37,41 35,56 28,16 42,00 750 34,28 33,59 30,81 19,71 38,00

1000 31,70 30,78 27,08 12,28 35,10 1250 29,69 28,53 23,90 5,40 32,80 1500 28,03 26,64 21,09 -1,11 30,90 2000 25,37 23,52 16,12 -13,48 27,90

Concrete Pump

3000 21,55 18,77 7,67 -36,73 23,50 50 58,02 57,97 57,78 57,04 63,70 100 51,98 51,89 51,52 50,04 57,40 200 45,90 45,74 45,00 42,04 50,90 300 42,46 42,10 40,99 36,55 47,10 400 39,85 39,48 38,00 32,08 44,20 500 37,88 37,41 35,56 28,16 42,00 750 34,28 33,59 30,81 19,71 38,00

1000 31,70 30,78 27,08 12,28 35,10 1250 29,69 28,53 23,90 5,40 32,80 1500 28,03 26,64 21,09 -1,11 30,90 2000 25,37 23,52 16,12 -13,48 27,90

Transmixer

3000 21,55 18,77 7,67 -36,73 23,50

4 octave band net sound levels (Lpi) of equipment that will be used in the area in defined distance are arrenged in Table 38 using correction factors given in Table 37.

Table 37 Clear Sound Pressure Level Corrected For Weir Area-Settling ditch-Head pond-Penstock-Power Plant Building Area


Level Source Of Noise Distance(m)


1000 41,67 37,55 32,65 18,05 43,50 1250 39,66 35,30 29,47 11,17 41,30 1500 38,00 33,41 26,66 4,66 39,50 2000 35,34 30,29 21,69 -7,71 36,70

Truck

3000 31,52 25,54 13,24 -30,96 32,50 50 56,82 59,97 60,98 60,04 65,70 100 50,78 53,89 54,72 53,04 59,40 200 44,70 47,74 48,20 45,04 52,70 300 41,26 44,10 44,19 39,55 48,70 400 38,65 41,48 41,20 35,08 45,80 500 36,68 39,41 38,76 31,16 43,50 750 33,08 35,59 34,01 22,71 39,20

1000 30,50 32,78 30,28 15,28 36,10 1250 28,49 30,53 27,10 8,40 33,70

Loader

1500 26,83 28,64 24,29 1,89 31,70


60

2000 24,17 25,52 19,32 -10,48 28,50 3000 20,35 20,77 10,87 -33,73 23,80 50 56,82 59,97 60,98 60,04 65,70 100 50,78 53,89 54,72 53,04 59,40 200 44,70 47,74 48,20 45,04 52,70 300 41,26 44,10 44,19 39,55 48,70 400 38,65 41,48 41,20 35,08 45,80 500 36,68 39,41 38,76 31,16 43,50 750 33,08 35,59 34,01 22,71 39,20

1000 30,50 32,78 30,28 15,28 36,10 1250 28,49 30,53 27,10 8,40 33,70 1500 26,83 28,64 24,29 1,89 31,70 2000 24,17 25,52 19,32 -10,48 28,50

Excavator

3000 20,35 20,77 10,87 -33,73 23,80 50 54,82 57,97 58,98 58,04 63,70 100 48,78 51,89 52,72 51,04 57,40 200 42,70 45,74 46,20 43,04 50,70 300 39,26 42,10 42,19 37,55 46,70 400 36,65 39,48 39,20 33,08 43,80 500 34,68 37,41 36,76 29,16 41,50 750 31,08 33,59 32,01 20,71 37,20

1000 28,50 30,78 28,28 13,28 34,10 1250 26,49 28,53 25,10 6,40 31,70 1500 24,83 26,64 22,29 -0,11 29,70 2000 22,17 23,52 17,32 -12,48 26,50

Concrete Pump

3000 18,35 18,77 8,87 -35,73 21,80 50 54,82 57,97 58,98 58,04 63,70 100 48,78 51,89 52,72 51,04 57,40 200 42,70 45,74 46,20 43,04 50,70 300 39,26 42,10 42,19 37,55 46,70 400 36,65 39,48 39,20 33,08 43,80 500 34,68 37,41 36,76 29,16 41,50 750 31,08 33,59 32,01 20,71 37,20

1000 28,50 30,78 28,28 13,28 34,10 1250 26,49 28,53 25,10 6,40 31,70 1500 24,83 26,64 22,29 -0,11 29,70 2000 22,17 23,52 17,32 -12,48 26,50

Transmixer

3000 18,35 18,77 8,87 -35,73 21,80

Table 38 Total Sound Level According To Distances In 4 Octave Band That All Noise Sources Will Be Used In Weir Area-Settling ditch-Head pond-Penstock-Power Plant Building Area

Distance (m) Ldaytime (dBA) Limit Value in Regulation

50 76,60 100 70,90 200 64,50 300 60,80 400 57,90 500 55,80 750 51,80 1000 49,10 1250 46,80 1500 45,00 2000 42,10 3000 37,90

Article 23; (70 dBA)


61

y = -9,512ln(x) + 114,62

0102030405060708090

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Lpt

(dB

A)

Distance (m)

Figure 13 Noise Levels According To Distances In Weir Area- Settling ditch-Head pond-Penstock–Power Plant Building Area The values of Table 5 ANNEX-VIII Article 23 of “ Environmental Noise Assessment and Management Regulations” come into force and published in The Offical Gazette dated 7 March ,2008 and No. 26809 are given in Table 39 and the change of calculated values according to distance is given in Figure 13.

Table 39 Environmental Noise Border Values For Building Site Area

Type of the activities(construction,destruction,assembly) Ldaytime (dBA) Building 70 Road 75 Other Sources 70

Total sound level according to distance originating from engineering machineries that will be used in the areas of Weir Area-Settling ditch-Head pond-Penstock-Power Plant Building is falling down the value (70 dBA) allowed after 100 m. The settlement nearest to Weir area is located 50 m away and the other areas are located approximately 1500 m away. As a result, noise problem is planned in the settlement only close to weir area. Noise calculations are performed for worst case scenario. In worst case scenario, it is assumed that all machinery and equipments are working at the same time and at the same location. According to the calculations, highest noise to be generated at the residential area 50 m from the construction site will be 76.6 dBA. In fact, occurrence of this worst case scenario has a very low probability to occur. Therefore, the noise level at the residential area will be much lower than the calculated. There is only one house at the residential area and the owners inhabit at this house only during summer season. Therefore, they will not be affected from the construction activities. However, to be on the safe side, work schedule will be arranged in a way to minimize the noise generation. The work schedule on weir site is arranged as follows; excavator, loader and truck will not work together with concrete pump and transmixer. First, the excavation works will be done, the engines of excavator, loader and truck will be turned off and alter concrete pump and transmixer will work. Related calculations about this schedule are given below. Equivalent noise level generated by both noise sources are calculated by the following formula:

∑=

×=n

i

L

eq

i

L1

1010log10


62

where; n = Number of noise sources Li = Noise power levels of each source (dB(A))

eqL = Total equivalent noise level

Leq = 10 x log (1x10105/10 + 1x10105/10 + 1x10105/10) = 109,7 dB Equivalent noise level originated from the excataor, loader and truck is calculated as 109,7 dBA. Change of noise level with respect to distance calculated from the formula given below.

⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛×+=

2..4log10

rQLL eqP π

………………………………….(2)


relatively hilly this factor is taken as 2). This number is specified by Turkish Ministry of Environment and Forestry for the noise calculations at open air.

r : Distance (m) Change of noise level with respect to time when excavator, loader and truck is working is given in Table 40.

Table 40 Change of Noise Level with respect to Distance When Excavator, Loader and Truck Is Working

r (m) Lp (dBA) 10 81,7 20 75,7 30 72,2 40 69,7 50 67,7 70 64,8 100 61,7 200 55,7 300 52,2 400 49,7 500 47,7 600 46,2

Equivalent noise level originated from the transmixer and concrete pump is calculated as 106,1 dBA. Change of noise level with respect to time transmixer and concrete pump is working is given in Table 41.


63

Table 41 Change of Noise Level with respect to Distance When Transmixer And Concrete Pump Is Working

r (m) Lp (dBA) 10 78,0 20 72,0 30 68,5 40 66,0 5 0 64,0 70 61,1 100 58,0 200 52,0 300 48,5 400 46,0 500 44,0 600 42,5

According to Turkish Regulation on Assessment and Management of Environmental Noise, the noise level originating from construction activities and reaching to residential areas must not exceed 70 dBA. As seen from Table 40, noise level reaching to settlement is 50 m away from the weir site is 67,7 dBA that is below the limit value when excavator, loader and truck is working. Similarly, as Table 41 indicates, when transmixer and concrete pump is working, noise level reaching to the nearest residential area is calculated as 64 dBA. This shows that such work schedule will remove the potential adverse impact of noise originated from weir construction. Therefore, concrete works will not be initiated before the excavation works are completed at the weir site.

2) Noise Calculations Of Construction Work Of Conveyance Channel 1 and

Conveyance Channel 2 Areas

The engineering machineries planned to work together in these areas are five trucks, two loaders, two excavator ,one concrete pump and one transmixer.

4 octave band sound pressure level of machineries that will be used in the project area is given in Table 42.

Table 42 Sound Pressure Level In 4 Octave Band For Machineries That Will Be Used In Conveyance Channel 1 and 2 Areas



50 67,02 67,02 67,02 67,02 73,00 100 61,00 61,00 61,00 61,00 67,00 200 54,98 54,98 54,98 54,98 61,00 300 51,46 51,46 51,46 51,46 57,50 400 48,96 48,96 48,96 48,96 55,00 500 47,02 47,02 47,02 47,02 53,00 750 43,50 43,50 43,50 43,50 49,50

1000 41,00 41,00 41,00 41,00 47,00 1250 39,06 39,06 39,06 39,06 45,10 1500 37,48 37,48 37,48 37,48 43,50 2000 34,98 34,98 34,98 34,98 41,00

Truck

3000 31,46 31,46 31,46 31,46 37,50


64

50 63,04 63,04 63,04 63,04 69,10 100 57,02 57,02 57,02 57,02 63,00 200 51,00 51,00 51,00 51,00 57,00 300 47,48 47,48 47,48 47,48 53,50 400 44,98 44,98 44,98 44,98 51,00 500 43,04 43,04 43,04 43,04 49,10 750 39,52 39,52 39,52 39,52 45,50

1000 37,02 37,02 37,02 37,02 43,00 1250 35,08 35,08 35,08 35,08 41,10 1500 33,50 33,50 33,50 33,50 39,50 2000 31,00 31,00 31,00 31,00 37,00

Loader

3000 27,48 27,48 27,48 27,48 33,50 50 63,04 63,04 63,04 63,04 69,10 100 57,02 57,02 57,02 57,02 63,00 200 51,00 51,00 51,00 51,00 57,00 300 47,48 47,48 47,48 47,48 53,50 400 44,98 44,98 44,98 44,98 51,00 500 43,04 43,04 43,04 43,04 49,10 750 39,52 39,52 39,52 39,52 45,50

1000 37,02 37,02 37,02 37,02 43,00 1250 35,08 35,08 35,08 35,08 41,10 1500 33,50 33,50 33,50 33,50 39,50 2000 31,00 31,00 31,00 31,00 37,00

Excavator

3000 27,48 27,48 27,48 27,48 33,50 50 58,03 58,03 58,03 58,03 64,10 100 52,01 52,01 52,01 52,01 58,00 200 45,99 45,99 45,99 45,99 52,00 300 42,47 42,47 42,47 42,47 48,50 400 39,97 39,97 39,97 39,97 46,00 500 38,03 38,03 38,03 38,03 44,10 750 34,51 34,51 34,51 34,51 40,50

1000 32,01 32,01 32,01 32,01 38,00 1250 30,07 30,07 30,07 30,07 36,10 1500 28,49 28,49 28,49 28,49 34,50 2000 25,99 25,99 25,99 25,99 32,00

Concrete Pump

3000 22,47 22,47 22,47 22,47 28,50 50 58,03 58,03 58,03 58,03 64,10 100 52,01 52,01 52,01 52,01 58,00 200 45,99 45,99 45,99 45,99 52,00 300 42,47 42,47 42,47 42,47 48,50 400 39,97 39,97 39,97 39,97 46,00 500 38,03 38,03 38,03 38,03 44,10 750 34,51 34,51 34,51 34,51 40,50

1000 32,01 32,01 32,01 32,01 38,00 1250 30,07 30,07 30,07 30,07 36,10 1500 28,49 28,49 28,49 28,49 34,50 2000 25,99 25,99 25,99 25,99 32,00

Transmixer

3000 22,47 22,47 22,47 22,47 28,50


65

Table 43 Clear Sound Level For 4 Octave Band According To Distances In Conveyance Channel 1 and 2 Areas

Sound Pressure Level (dB) Total Sound Pressure Leveli Source of


50 67,01 66,96 66,77 66,03 72,70 100 60,97 60,88 60,51 59,03 66,40 200 54,89 54,73 53,99 51,03 59,90 300 51,45 51,09 49,98 45,54 56,10 400 48,84 48,47 46,99 41,07 53,20 500 46,87 46,40 44,55 37,15 51,00 750 43,27 42,58 39,80 28,70 47,00

1000 40,69 39,77 36,07 21,27 44,00 1250 38,68 37,52 32,89 14,39 41,80 1500 37,02 35,63 30,08 7,88 39,90 2000 34,36 32,51 25,11 -4,49 36,80

Truck

3000 30,54 27,76 16,66 -27,74 32,50 50 63,03 62,98 62,79 62,05 68,70 100 56,99 56,90 56,53 55,05 62,50 200 50,91 50,75 50,01 47,05 55,90 300 47,47 47,11 46,00 41,56 52,10 400 44,86 44,49 43,01 37,09 49,20 500 42,89 42,42 40,57 33,17 47,00 750 39,29 38,60 35,82 24,72 43,00

1000 36,71 35,79 32,09 17,29 40,10 1250 34,70 33,54 28,91 10,41 37,80 1500 33,04 31,65 26,10 3,90 35,90 2000 30,38 28,53 21,13 -8,47 32,90

Loader

3000 26,56 23,78 12,68 -31,72 28,50 50 63,03 62,98 62,79 62,05 68,70 100 56,99 56,90 56,53 55,05 62,50 200 50,91 50,75 50,01 47,05 55,90 300 47,47 47,11 46,00 41,56 52,10 400 44,86 44,49 43,01 37,09 49,20 500 42,89 42,42 40,57 33,17 47,00 750 39,29 38,60 35,82 24,72 43,00

1000 36,71 35,79 32,09 17,29 40,10 1250 34,70 33,54 28,91 10,41 37,80 1500 33,04 31,65 26,10 3,90 35,90 2000 30,38 28,53 21,13 -8,47 32,90

Excavator

3000 26,56 23,78 12,68 -31,72 28,50 50 58,02 57,97 57,78 57,04 63,70 100 51,98 51,89 51,52 50,04 57,40 200 45,90 45,74 45,00 42,04 50,90 300 42,46 42,10 40,99 36,55 47,10 400 39,85 39,48 38,00 32,08 44,20 500 37,88 37,41 35,56 28,16 42,00 750 34,28 33,59 30,81 19,71 38,00

1000 31,70 30,78 27,08 12,28 35,10 1250 29,69 28,53 23,90 5,40 32,80 1500 28,03 26,64 21,09 -1,11 30,90 2000 25,37 23,52 16,12 -13,48 27,90

Concrete Pump

3000 21,55 18,77 7,67 -36,73 23,50 50 58,02 57,97 57,78 57,04 63,70 100 51,98 51,89 51,52 50,04 57,40

Transmixer

200 45,90 45,74 45,00 42,04 50,90


66

300 42,46 42,10 40,99 36,55 47,10 400 39,85 39,48 38,00 32,08 44,20 500 37,88 37,41 35,56 28,16 42,00 750 34,28 33,59 30,81 19,71 38,00

1000 31,70 30,78 27,08 12,28 35,10 1250 29,69 28,53 23,90 5,40 32,80 1500 28,03 26,64 21,09 -1,11 30,90 2000 25,37 23,52 16,12 -13,48 27,90 3000 21,55 18,77 7,67 -36,73 23,50

Table 44 Corrected Clear Sound Pressure Level For Conveyance Channel 1 and 2 Areas




1000 43,89 39,77 34,87 20,27 45,70 1250 41,88 37,52 31,69 13,39 43,50 1500 40,22 35,63 28,88 6,88 41,70 2000 37,56 32,51 23,91 -5,49 38,90

Truck

3000 33,74 27,76 15,46 -28,74 34,80 50 59,83 62,98 63,99 63,05 68,70 100 53,79 56,90 57,73 56,05 62,40 200 47,71 50,75 51,21 48,05 55,70 300 44,27 47,11 47,20 42,56 51,70 400 41,66 44,49 44,21 38,09 48,80 500 39,69 42,42 41,77 34,17 46,50 750 36,09 38,60 37,02 25,72 42,20

1000 33,51 35,79 33,29 18,29 39,20 1250 31,50 33,54 30,11 11,41 36,70 1500 29,84 31,65 27,30 4,90 34,70 2000 27,18 28,53 22,33 -7,47 31,50

Loader

3000 23,36 23,78 13,88 -30,72 26,80 50 59,83 62,98 63,99 63,05 68,70 100 53,79 56,90 57,73 56,05 62,40 200 47,71 50,75 51,21 48,05 55,70 300 44,27 47,11 47,20 42,56 51,70 400 41,66 44,49 44,21 38,09 48,80 500 39,69 42,42 41,77 34,17 46,50 750 36,09 38,60 37,02 25,72 42,20

1000 33,51 35,79 33,29 18,29 39,20 1250 31,50 33,54 30,11 11,41 36,70 1500 29,84 31,65 27,30 4,90 34,70 2000 27,18 28,53 22,33 -7,47 31,50

Excavator

3000 23,36 23,78 13,88 -30,72 26,80 50 54,82 57,97 58,98 58,04 63,70 100 48,78 51,89 52,72 51,04 57,40 200 42,70 45,74 46,20 43,04 50,70 300 39,26 42,10 42,19 37,55 46,70 400 36,65 39,48 39,20 33,08 43,80

Concrete Pump

500 34,68 37,41 36,76 29,16 41,50


67

750 31,08 33,59 32,01 20,71 37,20 1000 28,50 30,78 28,28 13,28 34,10 1250 26,49 28,53 25,10 6,40 31,70 1500 24,83 26,64 22,29 -0,11 29,70 2000 22,17 23,52 17,32 -12,48 26,50 3000 18,35 18,77 8,87 -35,73 21,80 50 54,82 57,97 58,98 58,04 63,70 100 48,78 51,89 52,72 51,04 57,40 200 42,70 45,74 46,20 43,04 50,70 300 39,26 42,10 42,19 37,55 46,70 400 36,65 39,48 39,20 33,08 43,80 500 34,68 37,41 36,76 29,16 41,50 750 31,08 33,59 32,01 20,71 37,20

1000 28,50 30,78 28,28 13,28 34,10 1250 26,49 28,53 25,10 6,40 31,70 1500 24,83 26,64 22,29 -0,11 29,70 2000 22,17 23,52 17,32 -12,48 26,50

Transmixer

3000 18,35 18,77 8,87 -35,73 21,80

Table 45 Total Sound Level According To Distances In 4 Octave Band That All Noise Sources Will Be Used In Conveyance Channel 1 and 2 Areas


50 81,10 100 75,40 200 69,00 300 65,20 400 62,40 500 60,20 750 56,30 1000 53,50 1250 51,30 1500 49,40 2000 46,60 3000 42,40


y = -9,518ln(x) + 119,13

0102030405060708090

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Lpt

(dB

A)

Distance (m)

Figure 14 Noise Levels According To Distances In The Areas Of Conveyance Channel 1 and 2


68

Noise levels obtained as a resut of calculations are given in Table 43.Total sound level according to distance originating from engineering machineries that will be used in the areas of Channel 1 and 2 is falling down the value (70 dBA) allowed after 200 m. The settlement nearest to Channel 1 and 2 is located 50 m away. As a result, noise problem is planned only in the nearest settlement. However , being topographic barries between the project land and the settlement , it will prevent the noise a certain extent. In addition , construction work is not continuous and it will continue for some time.

3) Noise Calculations of Construction Works of Construction Site

The engineering machineries planned to work together in these areas are one ready-

mixed concrete plant ,one concrete pump and one transmixer.

4 octave band sound pressure level of machineries that will be used in the project area is given in Table 46. Table 46 Sound Pressure Level In 4 Octave Band For Machineries That Will Be Used In Building Site Facility




1000 19,01 19,01 19,01 19,01 25,00 1250 17,07 17,07 17,07 17,07 23,10 1500 15,49 15,49 15,49 15,49 21,50 2000 12,99 12,99 12,99 12,99 19,00 3000 9,47 9,47 9,47 9,47 15,50

Ready-Mixed Concrete

Plant

3000 45,03 45,03 45,03 45,03 51,10 50 58,03 58,03 58,03 58,03 64,10 100 52,01 52,01 52,01 52,01 58,00 200 45,99 45,99 45,99 45,99 52,00 300 42,47 42,47 42,47 42,47 48,50 400 39,97 39,97 39,97 39,97 46,00 500 38,03 38,03 38,03 38,03 44,10 750 34,51 34,51 34,51 34,51 40,50

1000 32,01 32,01 32,01 32,01 38,00 1250 30,07 30,07 30,07 30,07 36,10 1500 28,49 28,49 28,49 28,49 34,50 2000 25,99 25,99 25,99 25,99 32,00

Concrete Pump

3000 22,47 22,47 22,47 22,47 28,50 50 58,03 58,03 58,03 58,03 64,10 100 52,01 52,01 52,01 52,01 58,00 200 45,99 45,99 45,99 45,99 52,00 300 42,47 42,47 42,47 42,47 48,50 400 39,97 39,97 39,97 39,97 46,00 500 38,03 38,03 38,03 38,03 44,10 750 34,51 34,51 34,51 34,51 40,50

Transmixer

1000 32,01 32,01 32,01 32,01 38,00


69

1250 30,07 30,07 30,07 30,07 36,10 1500 28,49 28,49 28,49 28,49 34,50 2000 25,99 25,99 25,99 25,99 32,00 3000 22,47 22,47 22,47 22,47 28,50

Table 47 Clear Sound Level For 4 Octave Band According To Distances In Building Site Facility

Sound Pressure Level(dB) Total Sound Pressure Level Source of


50 45,02 44,97 44,78 44,04 50,70 100 38,98 38,89 38,52 37,04 44,40 200 32,90 32,74 32,00 29,04 37,90 300 29,46 29,10 27,99 23,55 34,10 400 26,85 26,48 25,00 19,08 31,20 500 24,88 24,41 22,56 15,16 29,00 750 21,28 20,59 17,81 6,71 25,00

1000 18,70 17,78 14,08 -0,72 22,10 1250 16,69 15,53 10,90 -7,60 19,80 1500 15,03 13,64 8,09 -14,11 17,90 2000 12,37 10,52 3,12 -26,48 14,90


Plant

3000 8,55 5,77 -5,33 -49,73 10,50 50 58,02 57,97 57,78 57,04 63,70 100 51,98 51,89 51,52 50,04 57,40 200 45,90 45,74 45,00 42,04 50,90 300 42,46 42,10 40,99 36,55 47,10 400 39,85 39,48 38,00 32,08 44,20 500 37,88 37,41 35,56 28,16 42,00 750 34,28 33,59 30,81 19,71 38,00

1000 31,70 30,78 27,08 12,28 35,10 1250 29,69 28,53 23,90 5,40 32,80 1500 28,03 26,64 21,09 -1,11 30,90 2000 25,37 23,52 16,12 -13,48 27,90

Concrete Pump

3000 21,55 18,77 7,67 -36,73 23,50 50 58,02 57,97 57,78 57,04 63,70 100 51,98 51,89 51,52 50,04 57,40 200 45,90 45,74 45,00 42,04 50,90 300 42,46 42,10 40,99 36,55 47,10 400 39,85 39,48 38,00 32,08 44,20 500 37,88 37,41 35,56 28,16 42,00 750 34,28 33,59 30,81 19,71 38,00

1000 31,70 30,78 27,08 12,28 35,10 1250 29,69 28,53 23,90 5,40 32,80 1500 28,03 26,64 21,09 -1,11 30,90 2000 25,37 23,52 16,12 -13,48 27,90

Transmixer

3000 21,55 18,77 7,67 -36,73 23,50


70

Table 48 Corrected Clear Sound Pressure Level For Building Site Facility



50 41,82 44,97 45,98 45,04 50,70 100 42,18 38,89 37,32 36,04 45,30 200 36,10 32,74 30,80 28,04 38,90 300 32,66 29,10 26,79 22,55 35,20 400 30,05 26,48 23,80 18,08 32,50 500 28,08 24,41 21,36 14,16 30,30 750 24,48 20,59 16,61 5,71 26,50

1000 21,90 17,78 12,88 -1,72 23,70 1250 19,89 15,53 9,70 -8,60 21,50 1500 18,23 13,64 6,89 -15,11 19,80 2000 15,57 10,52 1,92 -27,48 16,90


Plant

3000 11,75 5,77 -6,53 -50,73 12,80 50 54,82 57,97 58,98 58,04 63,70 100 48,78 51,89 52,72 51,04 57,40 200 42,70 45,74 46,20 43,04 50,70 300 39,26 42,10 42,19 37,55 46,70 400 36,65 39,48 39,20 33,08 43,80 500 34,68 37,41 36,76 29,16 41,50 750 31,08 33,59 32,01 20,71 37,20

1000 28,50 30,78 28,28 13,28 34,10 1250 26,49 28,53 25,10 6,40 31,70 1500 24,83 26,64 22,29 -0,11 29,70 2000 22,17 23,52 17,32 -12,48 26,50

Concrete Pump

3000 18,35 18,77 8,87 -35,73 21,80 50 54,82 57,97 58,98 58,04 63,70 100 48,78 51,89 52,72 51,04 57,40 200 42,70 45,74 46,20 43,04 50,70 300 39,26 42,10 42,19 37,55 46,70 400 36,65 39,48 39,20 33,08 43,80 500 34,68 37,41 36,76 29,16 41,50 750 31,08 33,59 32,01 20,71 37,20

1000 28,50 30,78 28,28 13,28 34,10 1250 26,49 28,53 25,10 6,40 31,70 1500 24,83 26,64 22,29 -0,11 29,70 2000 22,17 23,52 17,32 -12,48 26,50

Transmixer

3000 18,35 18,77 8,87 -35,73 21,80


71

Table 49 Total Sound Level According To Distances In 4 Octave Band That All Noise Sources Will Be Used In Building Site Facility


50 66,80 100 60,50 200 53,90 300 49,90 400 47,00 500 44,70 750 40,40 1000 37,30 1250 34,90 1500 32,90 2000 29,70 3000 25,10


y = -10,22ln(x) + 107,7

01020304050607080

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Lpt

(dB

A)

Distance (m)

Figure 15 Noise Levels According To Distances In Building Site Facility

Noise levels obtained as a resut of calculations are given in Table 46.Total sound level according to distance originating from engineering machineries that will be used in the facility of construction site is falling down the value (70 dBA) allowed after 50 m. The settlement nearest to construction site facility is located 75 m away. As a result, noise problem will not occur in the nearest settlement.

Noise From Tunnel Blasting Mainly, explosive materials will be used in tunnel excavation. Tunnel excavation

activities will be performed nearly 150 m- 200 m below the ground level. Therefore, dust and noise, originated from blasting in tunnel will not reach to the ground surface; therefore it will not create any adverse environmental impact.

The impact of vibration originated from the blasting activities conducted at rock

formations are calculated by Devine relation (Devine et al, 1966) given below:

β

⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎝

⎛=WDkv


72

Where; v = Speed of vibration through rock (inch/sec) k = Coefficient related to rock type (26-260) D = Effective distance between the nearest residential areas and site of blasting (feet) W= Amount of explosives at one delay time (pound) K coefficient is the capacity of the rock formation to transmit the vibration. Since the

rock formations at the project are homogenous and not fractured, this coefficient is taken as 260 according to the literature survey.

The amount of explosives that will be used in one hole will be 2 kg. According to

this information, the change of vibration with respect to distance is given in Table 50.

Table 50. Change of Vibration with respect to Distance When W=2 kg

k D (m) V (inch/sec)

V (mm/sec)

260 50 0,24 6,19 260 100 0,08 2,04 260 150 0,04 1,07 260 200 0,03 0,67 260 250 0,02 0,47 260 300 0,01 0,35 260 350 0,01 0,27 260 400 0,01 0,22 260 450 0,01 0,18 260 500 0,01 0,16 260 600 0,00 0,12 260 700 0,00 0,09 260 750 0,00 0,08 260 800 0,00 0,07 260 900 0,00 0,06 260 1000 0,00 0,05 260 1250 0,00 0,04 260 1500 0,00 0,03 260 2000 0,00 0,02 260 3000 0,00 0,01

According to Turkish Regulation on Assessment and Management of Environmental

Noise, maximum allowable vibration level is 5 mm/sec. According to Table 50, after 100 m from the blasting site, vibration level will fall below 5 mm/sec. As stated before, tunnel construction activities will be conducted nearly 150-200 m below ground surface. Hence, blasting activities will not create any adverse impact on the nearest residential areas.


73

Noise from Surface Blasting

As a result of literature survey, it is found that noise level during the blasting operation can increase up to 140 dBA. Nearest residential area is 1500 m away from the surface blasting operations that will be conducted within the project. Using the formula given below change of noise with respect to distance is calculated and given in Table 51.

⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛×+=

2..4log10

rQLL eqP π


relatively hilly this factor is taken as 2) r : Distance (m)

Table 51 Change of Noise Level Originated from Blasting with respect to Distance

r (m) Lp (dBA) 10 112,0 20 106,0 30 102,5 50 98,0 70 95,1 100 92,0 200 86,0 360 80,9 440 79,1 500 78,0 560 77,1 600 76,5

1000 72,0 1300 69,7 1400 69,1 1500 68,5 1750 67,2 2000 66,0

According to Turkish Regulation on Assessment and Management of Environmental Noise, the noise level originating from construction activities and reaching to residential areas must not exceed 70 dBA. As seen from Table 51, noise level reaching to settlement is 1500 m away from the blasting area is 68,5 dBA that is below the limit value.

V.1.14. Where and How The Housing and Other Technique/Social Infrastructure Needs Of The Personnel and People Related to This Personnel That Will Work In Operations Beginning From The Preparation Of The Area To Opening The Units Will Be Provided,

It is planned to be worked total 75 people in construction operations beginning from the preparation of the area to opening the units. Required personnel will be selected primarily from the close region. Services will be given to personel coming from close


74

settlements.Prefabricated service building will be established for other personel in construction area. Structures like guest house,canteen, kitchen, bathroom,toilet,first aid cabinets etc. will be for personel working in service building. Any public housing is not thought for the people related to the personel.

First aid cabinet will be in service building for first aid needs of personel. For the

inspection of health conditions of the personnel and health servises like emergency treatment , it will be provided from health care centers and/ or state hospitals located in the County Center Of Çamoluk.

V.1.15. Risky and Dangerous Ones For People Health and Environment From

Operations Which Will Be Continued From The Preparation Of The Area To Opening The Units,

Blasting and using heavy engineering machineries are in the operations that will be

made within the context of the project. Accidents are possible if personnel are not careful, do not obey the rules and do not use safety equipment. With the aim of minimizing accidents at work, qualified staff will be worked and personnel will be educated about work safety. At this stage, for preventing accidents at work, warning signs will be placed in working areas and personal protective equipment will be given to personnel. Short breaks will be given during work hours for the risk of accidents at work dependent on the concentration decreased.

Blasting will be announced in advance and nobody will enter in the area of blasting.

Before blasting , siren will warn the local people. Blasting made in the Project will be done out of the living beings’ reproduction period ( March-June).

Blasting will be done in conveyance tunnel and required parts of open area

excavations. ANFO and dynamite will be used as explosives and storage will not be in the Project area.Using, preserving and carrying of explosives will be made in accordence with regulations of “Regulations About Procedures and Principles Of Production, Importing, Transportation, Hiding, Storage, Selling, Using, Elimination Of Explosive Substances and Hunting Materials Etc. That Are Out Of Monopoly”. In this respect, it will be obeyed the regulations of Public Hygiene Law dated 24 April ,1930 and No. 1593 ; Regulations Related To Equipment Used In Possible Explosive Environment and Protective Systems dated 27 October, 2002 and No. 24919.

Solid waste and wastewater in the phase of construction and establishment of the

project will be coollected and discharged according to standarts in “Solid Waste Control Regulations” and “Wastewater Control Regulations”.For the discharge of solid waste and wastewater required permissions will be taken from administrations. Noise and dust emissions that will occur during construction are temporary and will be finished after construction.

For prevention and controlling of risks, required studies and organizations will be

done about the issues of work safety and health of workers and it will be obeyed strictly “Work Health and Safety Regulation” published inThe Official Gazette dated 9 December, 2003 and No. 25311 in terms of protection against such risks. The followings are the articles of relevant legislation that will be complied with within this project:


75

Guidelines on Worker Health and Occupational Safety According to Article 2, every employer and worker has to comply with the issues

stated in this guideline. According to Article 3, the employer has to train and inform the workers about the

health and safety rules that they are obliged to comply with. According to Article 16, the workplaces shall be illuminated adequately by the day

light or by lamps. According to Article 21, closed workplaces have to be aerated at least once for one

hour. Sharp temperature decreases during the aeration will be prevented during winter time.

At the workplaces where heavy and dangerous works are being carried out, the noise

level shall be below 95 dB. In such conditions, earmuffs and ear-plugs have to be provided for the workers. If heavy and dangerous works are not being conducted, then noise level must be below 80 dB.

According to Article 32, drinking water must be free from pathogens. According to Article 36, if lunch time is not long enough to go home, then the

employers have to provide a safe place where workers can have their lunch. According to article 39, cleaning places shall be provided for the workers to wash

their hands and bodies. Flowing water and necessary cleaning equipments shall be provided.

According to Article 76, if dust generating activities such as construction will be

conducted, then the following precautions have to be taken; • Aspiration system, water curtains and vacuums will be utilized to prevent the

spreading of the dust. • Depending on the content of the dust, different personal protective equipments and

protective masks will be provided to the workers. • Each worker will have a medical control before employment and the ones having

respiratory and circulatory disorders and skin problems will not be employed for dust generating works.

According to Article 78, in order to protect workers from the adverse impacts of

noise, the following precautions shall be taken: • Before being employed, workers shall have health checks and the ones having

problem with their ears and nervous system will not be employed to be worked for noise generating activities.

According to Article 79, in order to protect workers from the adverse impacts of

vibration, the following precautions shall be taken:


76

• Before being employed, workers shall have health checks and the ones having problem with their bones and vascular system will not be employed to be worked for vibration generating activities.

According to Article 128, mobile fire extinguishers shall be controlled and checked

once every 6 months. According to Article 134, recently employed workers shall be informed about the

emergency exits and equipments to be used in case of fire. Employer shall be responsible with that.

Guidelines on Worker Health and Safety on Constructive Works According to Article 6, the construction works shall be carried out during daytime.

However, in case it needs to be continue at the night time, necessary illumination for ensuring safe working conditions will be provided.

According to Article 7, helmets shall be used by the workers to protect their heads

from falling objects. Guardrails will be constructed at the high buildings and stairs in order to prevent the worker falling from high locations.

According to Article 8, dangerous locations will be surrounded by the barriers and

warning signals and lights will be inserted. According to Article 29, top boots will be provided for the staff working inside the

water. According to Article 30, heavy machineries will be controlled by competent

operators and any worker will not be present at their working areas. V.1.16. Creating Landscape Items In The Project Area or In How Much Space

and How The Area Arrangements (Forestations and/or Green Land Arrangements etc.)Will Be Done For The Other Purposes,Plant and Tree Species That Will Be Chosen For This,

Landscape character that will begin to change in construction period will change ultimately from the period of establishment. The sources of changes in landscape character can be listed as;

- Changing surface cover (interms of surface water) - The vegetation that will be removed - Units that will be constructed or in use - The change in the pattern / use of the land - Topography

The biggest change that will be in visual sense is the structure of the river’s turning into catchment area. This change in visual sense can be positive. This is because the whole landscape of the region does not offer an impressive structure. There will be a reduction in the number of plants due to plants’ being under the water. However, this reduction will be in minimum level because of the small catchment area. Planting operations will be done in


77

the areas of power plant building that will be constructed in order to compensate the decreasing vegetation,prevent erosion and create a beter visual impact.

However, it will be difficult to perform the landscape design that especially seen in the river coexistence of different plant species and different habitats and formed a colourful and changeable landscape structure as a result of living together. In the region, moderate erosion is seen and there can be an increase on erosion because of removing vegetation,scraping the top of the soil and slope.

After the construction operations, flat surfaces will be made by creating benches in

the regions that slope is high and landslide is seen and these regions will be planted. This work will both decrease the flow of soil to surface water and increase the economic life of weir. For the success of planting operations that will be made in the erosion areas required warning signs will be placed and fence or vegetable barries will be made in required situations for reducing the entries to the area.

In addition to tree species, seeding operations (before forestration operations) will be

provided for spreading in a short time on the surface and holding the ground in the regions that landslide is seen so much. For the success of seeding , addition precautions( mulchingetc.) will be taken if it is required.

Catchment area will also be able to be used for local people as a promenade area in

the period of establishment. So, catchment area can be interpreted as recreation area with use of hobbies and sports like fishing, having picnic,hiking,bird observation,photography etc. and arrengements about this will be given to this area. In this respect, structural and vegetative landscape projects will be prepared for the new land use.

V.1.17. Determination Of The Distance and The Influences That Will Happen

On Culture and Nature Livings(Traditional Urban Configuration,Nature Values That Should Be Protected) That Are Underground and Aboveground Of The Project,

The topographic structure of existing land has will change because of the operations of excavation, filling, correction,opening roads and improvement during construction of the project. The first step is to clear the land. Then, vegetable land will be removed from soil. This layer should be stored in appropriate places for using this in landscaping as surface cover. Then, required excavation and filling will be made. Final arrengements will be made in accordance with the topography.

There are not mineral and energy resources that have economic value in the Project

area and around. Therefore, it is not expected that project will affect such energy sources.

There are no historic or cultural assets that are negatively affected in project area and around. In case any historical, cultural or archeological asset in encountered during excavation, the excavation work shall be stopped and the Provincial/Municipal Directors of Culture and Information Services shall be immediately informed thereof. No persons are permitted to remove articles or disturb the area: such action is grounds for dismissal or contract cancellation. The construction work will be resumed after inspection and written approval by the authorities.


78

V.1.18. Other Features There are no other issues to be examined in this section. V.2. Projects At The Stage Of Operating The Project,Influences On Physical

and Biological Environment and Precautions That Will Be Taken, V.2.1. Features Of All Units Within The Context Of The Project,Which Actions

Will Be Performed In Which Units,Their Capacities,Goods and/or Services That Will Be Produced In Units,Production Amounts Of The Final Product and By Product,

Muratlı Diversion Facilities

Muratlı Weir will be constructed over Kelkit Brook at a thalweg elevation of 961.00

m. Required flow for diversion is 96.30 m3/s in order to construct in dry. Diversion channel slope is calculated as 0.005, base width is calculated as 10.00 m, length is calculated as 150.00 m. The channel will enter the elevation of 963.00 and will come out of the elevation of 962.25 m. For turning of the water of Kelkit Brook to diversion channel , the cofferdam is at a crest elevation of 967.50 m.

Muratlı Weir and Gravel Pass

Muratlı Weir is very full-bodied and free flow. Weir’s crest elevation is 967.10 m, and axis of weir’s thalweg elevation is 961.00 m. The elevation of weir landscape is determined as 973.20 m in order to spend 100-year flood flow in the spillway of weir safely. Gravel pass is diver-pitched and equipped with gates 2.0 x (3.00 x 3.00) m .Fish passage will be done in accordance with the provisions of Fisheries Law No. 1380.

The Structure Of Water Intake

Muratlı Water Intake Structure is at the right coast and at a thalweg elevation of 959.20 m. Received water with water intake structure is received to the conveyance tunnel-1 of 6.85 m diameter.

Muratlı Power Conveyance Facilities

River water that is received with water intake structure and diverted by Muratlı

Weir is taken in conveyance facilities for producing energy in Muratlı HPP. Conveyance facilities are consists of 3151.33 m length of conveyance channels and 2094.99 m length of conveyance tunnels.

Conveyance Tunnel-1

Conveyance Tunnel-1 is located after water intake structure. The beginning of the tunnel is at a floor elevation of 960.33 m. Conveyance tunnel is horseshoe-sectioned.


79

Settling ditch

Settling ditch is equipped with 3 x (5.00 x 4.00) width of establishment gates. 48.40 m width of settling ditch will be connected to water intake structure with 0.025 tilt. Settling ditch is 28.50 m net width. After settling ditch , conveyance channel-1 is at the elevation of 961.19 m.

Conveyance Channe-1 Conveyance channel-1 is coming after settling ditch. The beginning of the channel

is at floor elevation of 961.19 m. Conveyance channel is trapeze (1:1) sectioned. Base width is 6.00 m, bottom slope is 0.0004.

Conveyance Tunnel-2

Conveyance Tunnel-2 has the same features with Conveyance Tunnel-1. It’s length is 291.23 m. In this case, the floor elevation is calculated as 958.17 m at the end of the Conveyance Tunnel-2.

Conveyance Channel-2

Conveyance Channel-2 has the same features with Conveyance Channel-1. It’s

length is 1402.66 m.In this case, the floor elevation is calculated as 959.81 m at the end of the Conveyance Channel-2

Head pond Of Muratlı Facilities,Water Intake Structure and Penstock

The establishment water elevation of Muratlı Head pond is calculated as 963.42 m. Head pond is equipped with penstock and silt discharge channel, elevation of the wall top is determined as 964.01 m. Accumulation room dimensions are determined as 12.80 x 67.00 x 17.36 m.

Penstock

After Head pond, penstock that is the length of 103.38 m and internal diameter of 5.00 m is located to first branch duct.Penstock input axis elevation is determined as 950.75 m.

Muratlı Power Plant Building and Tailwater Channel

The water that is diverted with Muratlı weir will be reached to power plant building by conveyance facilities and in here , energy production will be made by turbines. Muratlı power plant with total installed capacity of 37.70 MW will produce annual total 103.010 GWh energy. In power plant building , tailwater elevation is 903.15 m while four units are working.

Technical details relating to units involved in the project are given in Table 52.

Location plans and sections relating to unit places are given in Appendix-13.


80

Table 52 Technical Details Concerning Units That Take Place Within The Project Diversion Basic Fow of Diversion: Q2 : 96.30 m3/s Features of Diversion Channel Trapez odial(1:1.5), b=10.00 m, hsu=4.34 m h=5.00 m,

n=0.033, j=0.005, V=1.34 m/s Starter Base Elevation Of Diversion Channel 963.00 m End Base Elevation Of Diversion Channel 962.25 m Length of Diversion Channel 150.00 m Crest Elevation of Fountain Cofferdam 968.00 m Crest Elevation of Downstream Cofferdam 967.50 m Weir Aim Enerji Type Full body,no gates Crest Elevation 967.10 m Thalweg Elevation 961.00 m Height From Thalweg 6.10 m Elevation of Landscaping 973.20 m Spillway Type Taken from top ,uncontrolled Spillway Opening 65.00 m Spillway Flow (Q100) 660.00 m3/s Elevation of Flood Water 970.07 m Gravel Passage Type Plain Gated,Submersible Curtain Cofferdam Gates 2 quantities 3.00 x 3.00 m Operational Gates 2 quantities 3.00 x 3.00 m Base Elevation 959.20 m Water Intake Structure Base Elevation 959.20 m Threshold Height 1.13 m Base Elevation After Threshold 960.33 m Grid Dimensions 3 quantities 4.00 x 5.00 m Cofferdam Gates 3 quantities 4.00 x 5.00 m Operational Gates 3 quantities 4.00 x 5.00 m Conveyance Tunnel-1 Project Flow 72.00 m3/s Conveyance Tunnel-1 Type Horseshoe Section, D=6.85 m, hsu = 5.82 m Water Speed in Tunnel 2.03 m/s Occupancy Rate 85% Manning Roughness Value 0.016 Conveyance Tunnel-1 Base Inclination 0.0004 Length of Conveyance Tunnel -1 1803.76 m Base Elevation of Conveyance Tunnel -1 960.33 m Base Elevation of The End of Conveyance Tunnel-1

959.61 m

Settling ditch Length of Pool 48.40 m Number of Partition 3 Width of Partition (net) 9.50 m Pool Base Inclination 0.025 Dimensions of Entering Gates 3 quantities 5.00 x 4.00 m Starter Base Elevation Of Settling ditch 956.76 m End Base Elevation of Settling ditch 955.55 m Dimensions of Exit Gates of Settling ditch 3 quantities 5.00 x 4.00 m Base Elevation of The Gates’ Location 961.19 m Crest Elevation of Side Weir 965.25 m Upper Elevation of Inner Walls 965.45 m Height of Settling ditch 10.95 m


81

Conveyance Channel-1 Project Flow 72.00 m3/s Conveyance Channel-1 Type Trapezodial Section, (1:1), b=6.00 m, hsu = 3.61 m Water Speed in Channel 2.08 m/s Manning Roughness Value 0.016 Conveyance Channel-1 Base Inclination 0.0004 Length of Conveyance Channel-1 1748.67 m Starter Base Elevation of Conveyance Channel-1

961.19 m

Base Elevation of The End of Conveyance Channel-1

960.49 m

Conveyance Tunnel-2 Project Flow 72.00 m3/s Conveyance Tunnel-2 Type Horseshoe Section, D=6.85 m, hsu = 5.82 m Water Speed in Tunnel 2.03 m/s Occupancy Rate % 85 Manning Roughness Value 0.016 Conveyance Tunnel-2 Base Inclination 0.0004 Length of Conveyance Tunnel -2 291.23 m Base Elevation of Conveyance Tunnel -2 958.29 m Base Elevation of The End of Conveyance Tunnel-2

958.17 m

Conveyance Channel-2 Project Flow 72.00 m3/s Conveyance Channel-2 Type Trapezodial Section, b=6.00 m, hsu = 3.61 m Water Speed in Channel 2.08 m/s Manning Roughness Value 0.016 Conveyance Channel-2 Base Inclination 0.0004 Length of Conveyance Channel-2 1402.66 m Starter Base Elevation of Conveyance Channel-2

960.37 m

Base Elevation of The End of Conveyance Channel-2

959.81 m

Head pond Base Length of Pool 67.70 m Width of Pool 12.80 m Heigth of Pool (In Deepest Location) 17.36 m Minimum Water Elevation 960.38 m Operational Water Elevation 963.42 m Weighted Water Elevati,on 962.53 m Maximum Water Elevation 695.24 m Upper Elevation Of Wall 964.01 m Power Plant Building Project Flow 72.00 m3/s Number of Units 4 Turbine Type Vertical Francis Number of Blocks 2 Environment Elevation 912.20 m Tailwater Elevation (Q100) 909.02 m Installed Capacity 37. 70 MW Annual Energy Production 103 010 MWh Firm Energy Production 910 849 MWh Seconder Energy Production 92 161 MWh Turbines Type Francis turbine of vertical axis Unit Capacity 11 611 kW Unit Flow 21.00 m3/s


82

Synchronous Speed 375 d/d Generators Work Type Continuous Nominal Power 12 941 kVA Node Voltage 10.5kV±%10 kV Power Factor 0.85 (inductive) Frequency 50 Hz

Source: Feasibility Report, July 2009 V.2.2. The Distances That Should Be Protected With The Law Of National and

International For Needed Areas and Influences On These Areas, There are not any areas that should be protected with national and international

legistation in Muratlı Weir and HPP Project Land and around. V.2.3. Usage Of The Source and Influences That Will Happen On Water

Quality and Livings In Water Environment As A Result Of Keeping Water In The Weir Structure Transition Structures Belonging To Fish Species That Are Determined For The Project,

Weir projects are not like dam projects because holding water and changing river

regime into standing water regime do not take place in weir projects. Fish passages will be made for continunity of natural life in downstream and not having a negative impact on migrating fish on fountain-downstream and enough water will be left in river bed and required arrengements will be done in the river bed for providing the water height for migrating fish.

According to Article 22 of “Fishery Law” No. 1380 come into force and published

in The Official Gazette dated 22 March,1971 and No.13799 ; There is a statement that “fish passages or elevators that fisheries can pass have to

be made in the facilities like weir or dam that has been built or will be built on rivers and these must be working all the time”. Fish passages will be made in the project and these are working all the time.

It will be obeyed the provisions of Article 8 of “Fishery Regulations”come into force and published in The Offical Gazette dated 10 March,1995 and No. 22223 prepared based on the same law and a suitable grid or cage will be put at the beginning parts of all kinds of channels and arcs.

In addition to this, measures contained in the following articles of “Fishery Law” No.1380 will be taken and guidelines for compliance with the necessary sensitivity and accuracy will be displayed.

Measures to be taken in the dams and artificial lakes

Article 8 – Before giving water to the dam lakes or other artifial lakes that will be established , it should be applied to T.R. Ministry Of Agriculture and Rural Affairs for the determination of measures to be taken in terms of fisheries by those concerned and measures necessiated by the Ministry must be taken.


83

Measures to protect the fisheries from damage

Article 9 – When inland waters are used for the purposes of irrigation or energy production etc., measures that will protect life, reproduction,maintenance and production of existing fisheries from damage have to be taken by those concerned. These measures consist of what are determined by T.R. Ministry Of Agriculture and Rural Affairs.

V.2.4. Amount of Environmental Water to Be Released from the Weir and Its

Calculation Method

Daily flowrate values of Muratlı Weir are calculated by regarding the daily natural flowrate values recorded in Flow Observation Stations (FOS) numbered 1430 and 1422 (see Figure 16).

Figure 16 A Map That Shows Locations of FOS on Kelkit Basin

Natural monthly flow values that were calculated between the years of 1939-2004

in the place of Muratlı Weir are given in Table 53.

PROJECT AREA


84

Table 53 Muratli Weir and Annual Average Flow Values Of HEPP (m3 /sn)

Source: Muratli Weir and HEPP Feasibility Report ,July 2009 Taking into account of average values in rainy and dry period, the amount of

environmental water to be released from the weir has been calculated and given in Table 54.


85

Table 54 Amount Of Environmental Water to be Released from the Weir in Rainy and Arid Periods

Months Monthly Average

Flow Values (m3/sec)

Period

Average Flowrate of

Period (m3 /sec)

10 % of Average Flowrate of

Period (m3 /sec)

Reccomended Environmental Water Amount

(m3 /sec) * March 37.6 Arid Period 15.277 1.5 2.74 April 109 May 94.1

Rainy Period 101.55 10.2 10.2

June 38.8 July 10.17 August 4.65 September 4.73 October 7.82 November 12.0 December 12.2 January 10.9 February 13.9

Arid Period 15.277 1.5 2.74

* Amount of Reccomended Environmental Water was determined by General Directorate of Nature Protection and Natural Parks of Turkish Ministry of Environment and Forestry

According to the Article 7 of Regulation on Water Use Agreements (published on Official Gazette dated August 18, 2009 and numbered 27323), environmental water to be released must be at least 10 % of annual average flow rate of last 10 years. However, regarding the ecologic requirements of river during the EIA process, the amount of environmental water shall be increased. For this Project, annual average flowrate of last 10 years (1995-2004) is 27,33 m3 /sec and 10 % of annual average flowrate of last 10 years is 2,73 m3 /sec.

The monthly average flow rates are calculated from the long term flowrate values

of Muratli Weir Site. Regarding the average flows, the months are classified as arid and rainy periods and average flow rate values for each period are determined. 10 % of the period average flows are determined. In Turkey, “General Directorate of Nature Protection and National Parks” of “Turkish Ministry of Environment and Forestry” determines whether this environmental water is enough to sustain the natural life at the downstream of the weir. According to their decision, the environmental water to be released will be raised from 2.74 m3/s to 10.2 m3/s in rainy season. In dry season, 10 % of annual average flowrate of last 10 years will remain as it is.

In brief, 10.2 m3/s environmental water will be released from the weir in rainy

season (from 1 April to 31 May) and in dry season (from 1 June to 31 March), 2.74 m3/s will be released.

According to Article 22 of “Fishery Law” numbered 1380 “fish passages or elevators that fisheries can pass have to be constructed in the facilities like weir or dam that has been built or will be built on rivers and these must be in function all the time”. In compliance with this article, fish passages will be constructed within this project. A technical detail of fish passage to be constructed within the project is given in Appendix-13, drawing numbered RG-003. Additional drawing related to the fish passage is given in Figure 17.


86

Figure 17 Drawing on Details of Fish Passage Typical view of a pool pass type fish passage that will be constructed in this project

is shown in Figure 18 given below.


87

Figure 18. Conventional pool pass (longitudinal section and pool structure)3

Principles of Pool Pass Type of Fish Passages The principle of a pool pass consists in dividing up a channel leading from the

headwater to the tailwater by installing cross-walls to form a succession of stepped pools. The discharge is usually passed through openings (orifices) in the cross-walls and the potential energy of the water is dissipated, step-by-step, in the pools (Figure 1). 1

Fish migrate from one pool to the next through openings in the cross-walls that are

situated at the bottom (submerged orifices) or at the top (notches). The migrating fish encounter high flow velocities only during their passage through the cross-walls, while the pools with their low flow velocities offer shelter and opportunities to rest. A rough bottom is a prerequisite to make pool passes negotiable for benthic fauna.1

The pool dimensions must be selected in such a way that the ascending fish have

adequate space to move and that the energy contained in the water is dissipated with low turbulence. On the other hand, the flow velocity must not be reduced to the extent that the pools silt up.

The pool size must be chosen as to suit the behavioral characteristics of the

potential natural fish fauna and should match the size and expected number of migrating fish.

The bottom of the pools must always have a rough surface in order to reduce the

flow velocity in the vicinity of the bottom and make it easier for the benthic fauna and small fish to ascend. A rough surface can be produced by embedding stones closely together into the concrete before it sets.

3 Fish Passes: Design, Dimensions and Monitoring, 2002, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations in arrangement with Deutscher Verband für Wasserwirtschaft und Kulturbau e.V. (DVWK), Rome.


88

Conventional pool passes are characterized by vertical cross-walls that stand at right angles to the pool axis. The cross-walls have submerged openings that are arranged in alternating formation at the bottom of the cross-wall through which fish can ascend by swimming into the next pool. The openings reach to the bottom of the pool and allow creating a continuous rough-surfaced bottom when the substrate is put in.

In accordace with Article 8 of “Fishery Regulation” a suitable grid or cage will be

installed at the inlets of all kinds of channels.

The locations of measurement stations for environmental water to be released will be selected by 22nd Regional Directorate of State Hydraulic Works.

V.2.5. Changes That Will Happen As A Result Of Usage Of Source That Water

Will Be Ensured(Erosion,River Hydrology,Life In Water,Coming Of Sediment Etc.),

Erosion Especially in our country , water erosion that reach the large size of the destruction

is the most important one in erosion types. The existing group of soil in the project land shows shortage of land erosion caused and shortage of land and erosion.

The soil that is worn away by erosion is moved to brooks and then moved to dam

reservoirs. The soil moved to reservoir accumulates there and causes the reservoir be full as soon as possible. Soil is kept instead of water in filled reservoir. Reservoir is full thoroughly over time and becomes unavailable. So, this means a great loss of national wealth. Because of severe erosion in our country, life cycle of reservoirs for the purpose of energy production is very short.

The measures given below will be taken to prevent or minimize erosion:

• Structures will not be located on steep slopes (slopes >30°) • In case selection of such slope areas cannot be avoided, structures will be designed

to minimize excavation on slopes • Construction will proceed during dry conditions • Bunds, sedimentation ponds, or other silt trapping devices constructed to avoid

siltation into surface waters For the prevention of water erosion and ensuring long life for the project,measures

that will be taken are given below.

1) Administrative Measures Necessary administrative measures will be tried to be taken in accordence with

Article 11 of T.R. Ministry of Environment and Forest Law on Organization and Duties No. 4856.


89

2) Cultural Measures

They are the applications that are aimed at stopping the erosion through establishing vegetation or enhancing existing vegetation. Some of these are afforestration,enhanching the cover, germination, planting suitable plants to river beds that do not carry sediments etc.

3) Mechanical Measures a) Measures to be applied on slopes (Terracing,diversion ditch,fence,etc) b) Measures to be taken against gully erosion (Earth levee,bare wall sill, miks sill,

precipitation barrage ,coastal walls,rockfill etc. ) Aquatic Life There is no negative impact on aquatic life thanks to fish passage that will be made in

the project and compensation water that will be left for ensuring sustainability of ecological life.

V.2.6. Other Usage Types and The Effects Belonging to Resource If Available, (Projects That Takes Place In The Foundation Of The Project,Water Channels,Dams etc.),Taking Into Account Of The Structures In Life Of Water Calculation

There are Kılıçkaya and Çamlıgöze Dams in the downstream of the Project. There

are not water channels and barrages. V.2.7. Influences That Will Be Able To Happen On Underground and

Aboveground Water Sources,

Kelkit Brook is the most important surface water on the Project. For the purpose of ensuring the construction to be done in dry areas , the water that comes by the cofferdam that will be established in the fountain will be transferred to diversion tunnel. The construction of derivation tunnel will be begun in the periods that the water is minimum. Thanks to derivation tunnel, the constructions of weir ,water intake structure and full penstock will be begun in dry land. As a result of these operations, there is not any change in the water quality of brook.

In addition, as a result of geological and geotechnical survey work ,the project is

not expected to have a negative impact on groundwater. Domestic wastewater originating from personnel that will work in the construction

and operation phase of the project will be stored in watertight cesspools and when they are full, it will be vacuumed by vacuum truck and moved out of basin in accordance with the provisions of Water Pollution Control Regulations and will be removed.

The wastewater that will occur during tunnel excavations will be removed in

accordance with the provisions of WPCR. During the cleaning operations of gravel passage, it will be obeyed the provisions of WPCR.


90

V.2.8. Where and How The House and Other Technique/Social Underwork Needs Of The Personnel That Will Work During The Establishment Of The Project and People Related to This Personnel Will Be Ensured,

During operation of the facility , it is planned to work shifts total of 15 people in the areas of maintenance , security ,control and the other areas. This personnel will be the people living in the region. Accomodation for all operational staff will be constructed to the nearest settlement. For this purpose, an administration building that has director office, assistant office, the rooms of technician, personnel and driver ,meeting room ,tea quarry,warehouse, security counters, telephone parts will be established. Technical and security personnel that will work shifts will be selected from nearest settlements and will be left home with services at shift change.

There will be a first aid room in the power plant building for the first aid need of the

personnel. For the inspection of health conditions of the personnel and health servises like emergency treatment , it will be provided from health care centers and/ or state hospitals located in the County Center Of Çamoluk.

In winter months , air conditioners will be used in the heating process of buildings

like energy units where the personnel is, administrative and social facilities, guard shacks etc. and electric heaters will be used in cases where not enough.

V.2.9. Detailing About The Process Of Refining Association Characteristic That

Will Be Apllied For Refining The Waste Water That Will Be After Using The Water For The Purposes Of Drinking and Using In Administrative and Social Units, Waste Water That Are Refined Will Be Given To Which Receiver Environments,How Much and How,

During the operational phase, 15 people are thought to be worked. Based on assumption that per capita daily water requirements in the operation phase is maximum 150 liters , it is assumed that daily domestic water requirements will be 2,25 m3. This water will be provided from existing city water near Cevizli Neighborhood and it will be checked and provided the compliance with the specified qualifications of “Regulation Concerning Water Intended For Human Consumption” come into force and published in The Offical Gazette dated 17 February ,2005 and No. 25730.

Assuming that the entire water that workers used in the operational phase will be

turned into domestic wastewater, the wastewater amount that will occur per day will be 2,25 m3. The wastewater that will occur in the operational phase will be stored in watertight cesspools that will be built in accordance with the provisions of Regulations About Pits That Will Be Used In Impossible Places Of Cesspit Channel Construction” come into force and published in The Official Gazette dated 13 March ,1971 and No. 13783 and when they are full, they will be vacuumed by vacuum truck and will be removed in accordance with the provisions of WPCR.


91

V.2.10. Solid Waste Amounts and Features That Will Be Formed From House ,Social and Administrative Associations, Where and How These Wastes Will Be Moved or For Which Purposes and How They Will Be Reappraised,

The solid waste that will occur in the operational phase in the project will be

accumulated in the area and will be collected periodically and will be dumped to garbage areas determined by the Municipality of Çamoluk.It is assumed that there will be approximately 20,1 kg of solid waste (15 people × 1,34 kg/person.day) .The solid waste that will occur in the operational phase will be removed in accordance with the provisions of “Solid Waste Control Regulation” come into force and published in The Official Gazette dated 14 March , 1991 and No. 20814.

V.2.11. The Sources Of Noise That Will Happen At The Stage Of Project Unıts’

Establishment and Precautions That Will Be Taken For Its Control,

The most important source of noise during operation of the plant is the mechanical noise caused by rotation around the axis of turbine shaft. In addition, while flowing water in penstock and turbine , there will be noise because of water hitting the walls. The other noise sources in power plant are noise occuring from building air conditioning and as a result of generator creating discrete noise.

Sound power levels of turbines that have technical features in this project will be

around approximately 100 dB4. This equipment in this project will be found in a closed area in the power plant building in an insulated room. Noise conveyance originating from turbines and generators located in power plant building will be in two types.Santral binası içerisinde bulunan türbinler ve jeneratörden kaynaklanacak gürültü iletimi iki türlü olacaktır.

• Noise conveyance through structure • Noise conveyance through sound waves

Isolation in the room will be made three-sided in the ceiling,floor and side walls.

Rock wool as insulation material (150 density)will be used. In addition, for sound isolation special designed sound-deadening doors will be used. Thus ensuring the maximum level of insulation is targeted. As a result of well-isolation , sound pressure can be reduced to approximately 40 dBA5. There is not any noise formation that will occur from project units of HPP project in the operational phase and will reach to sensitive receiver.

Protective equipment will be provided to the personnel that will work in the

operational phase and their use will be provided.Other required measures will be taken in accordance with the provisions of Occupational Health and Safety Regulation and Environmental Noise Assessment and Management Regulation.

For avoiding a negative effect of noise in the environment in the constructional and

operational phase, activities making noise are determined in ENAMR and they will be limited to 07:00-19:00 hours defined as day period. In addition it will be obeyed the principles of the construction ban of T.R. Ministry of Culture and Tourism. During all 4 Information has been obtained from producing company. Voith Siemens Hydroelectric Co.Ltd. 5 All information related to insulation has been provided by IZOCAM Inc.


92

activities related to project , all necessary measures will be taken for keeping the noise at a minimum level. During the constructional and operational phase, it will be obeyed Public Hygiene Law No. 1593 and Labor Law No. 4857 and related to all regulations.

During the operational phase when necessary in cases , it will be obeyed the

provisions of OHSR and protective equipment against noise such as special helmets , headphones or earplugs etc. will be provided to the personnel.

V.2.12. The Description Of The Influences That Will Happen To Forest Areas

and Precautions That Will Be Taken Against These Effects, Fire may be shown among the effects of the project on forest areas. So, during the

activities in the Project ,the uncontrolled burning of any substance will not be permitted. Portable fire extinguishing equipment will be ready and Yangın söndürme amaçlı seyyar ekipmanlar hazır bulundurulacak ve fire alarm system consisting of heat, smoke and fire detectors will be installed. This equipment will be provided in accordence with the provisions of Worker Health and Work Safety Regulation come into force and published in The Official Gazette dated 11 January, 1974 and No. 14765 and necessary routine checks will be done.In addition, personnel will be educated about this subject. Inspite of these measures if fire occurs , it will be interfered to fire immediately and will be notified the nearest fire brigade unit. Except fire, there is no other negative effect on forest lands.

Precautions Against Fire Possibility

In the Field of Activities ,enough fire extinguishing equipment (digger, shovel, axe,

water bucket, fire-tubes etc.) against fire that can occur will be kept. It will be obeyed the provisions of 5th Part 1st Section “Safety Measures To Be TakenAgainst Fire In The Workplace” of Worker Health and Work Safety Regulation published in The Official Gazette dated 11 April, 1974 and No. 14765 . Facility personnel will be educated fort he effects and tasks to be done in case of fire.

In case of fire ,the other nearby institutions will be informed. After noticing the fire

and alarming , immediate elimination of the problem will be tried by benefitting from the fire-figthing resources that are kept ready in specific locations and matters below shall be fulfilled.

• When the fire is noticed, it will be informed to primarily nearby people,personnel working in the building and then those concerned.

• It will be informed to the nearest security and fire brigade units. • The environmental safety will be provided by emergency responce teams. • Extinguishing teams will interfere immediately to the fire. • In liquefied gas and electrically induced fires, flammable material resouces near fire

will be isolated immediately. • “Saving lives” will be the first job in fire. In such cases, endangering people

themselves and someone else’s life with unnecessary movements will be prevented. • The fire will be tried to be extinguished with the help of nearest appropriate fire

extinguisher equipment. • Against the effects of the burning and choking smoke, mouth and nose will be

closed with wet cloth.


93

• While extinguishing the fire, it will never be caused destruction and breaking. • Sufficient number of elements and foamy fire extinguishers will be ready to be

used at any time. Fire brigade vehicle should be in the structure of static electricity conductive and grounded.

• Emergency response teams in charge of extinguishing fire will be in touch with the local fire department.

• Ambulance will go to each fire place.

Against a possible fire hazard, the following fire fighting systems will be ready and will be used.

• Gas Tubes (Extinguishing gases that will be used spraying ) • Smoke Detector (at the exit of smoke,to transmit automatically to the control panel) • Flame Detector (on fire, to transmit automatically to the control panel) • Gas Detector (In the first stage, when leakage and the gas density increases in the

environment will alarm and in the second stage fans will work automatically,to receive the system in secure by reducing the gas concentration in the environment)

V.2.13. Other Features There are no other issues to be examined in this section. V.3. Project’s Influences On Socio-Economic Environment The general problems of village social structure in our country are; rapid population

growth,property status of village land,being unable to do agriculture and livestock activities because of hilly areas and limited arable and pasture lands,hidden unemployment,rural-urban migration due to health and education causes.

One of the most important external factors affecting the social structure is forced

migration and resettlement applications. These applications are revealed very important social,economic and cultural events at the same time. In here the dimension of the article related to human should be evaluated primarily.

In this context, Muratlı Weir and HPP Project is expected to have a positive impact

on the socio-economic environment. V.3.1. Income Increases That Are Waited For Performing With The

Project;Employment Opportunities That Will Be Created; Population Movements,Emigration,Education,Health, Culture,Other Social and Technique Infrastructure Services and Changes In Conditions That Are Benefited From These Services Etc,

Muratlı Weir and HPP Project will create opportunities for economic growth

potential for local and regional community. However, on community services and infrastructure it will be able to cause some temporary installations.


94

Employment growth in aregion generally is regarded as a positive influence.Increasing household expenditures due to salaries will create new local job opportunities. In summary, the construction and operational activities of the proposed project are expected to provide economical advantages to working area directly or indirectly.

Constuction phase is foreseen to be approximately 24 months. The personnel that

will work will be provided from the region within the bounds of opportunities. In addition to wages, construction business services, renting building and equipment among other direct income sources will be done. In addition, gasoline and diesel required for equipment such as truck,construction machinery that will be used during construction will be provided from fuel stations in the region.All meals and accomodation expenses during construction and operation within the project will be provided and will be conributed to the local economy.

Personnel that are thought to work in the operational phase will have been

continuously employed. During the entire construction site requirements will be met with local means and this will activate food,clothing,fuel,local transport and service sectors with the general commerce life in the region.

Population Movements,Migrations Expropriation price is taken as a seperate item in the project costs. Resettlement

under the project does not require in any points.

Education,Health, Culture,Other Social and Technique Infrastructure Services and Changes In Conditions That Are Benefited From These Services

In general, development projects may cause negative effects on social services and

infrastructure by creating a demand on the capacity of existing services. On the other hand, such projects can also generate positive effects in increasing capacity of services because of providing additional funds that will be able to be used. Within the project,the technical personnel that will come from outside of the region are expected to leave the region after the project. In addition , the major needs of construction workers will be provided in the construction area and camps.And the contact between workers and local people will be kept in the lowest level.

In terms of education,cultural structure,health services,communication and water

supply, it will not create a negative impact on existing social and technical infrastructure of the counties in the region.

V.3.2. The Analysis Of Environmental Benefit-Cost Hydroelectric energy sources is located in the most important place in the renewable

energy sources of our country. In 2007 Turkey’s total electricity installed capacity is 40.835 MW. Thermal plants have 27.294 MW, hydroelectric plants have 13.394,9 MW and wind power plants have 146,25 MW of this installed capacity. If the new investments are not made and the problems of sector are not solved in the following years, electric


95

deficit will increase exponentially and this deficit will reach to 25 billion kWhour in 2011, 45,5 billion kWhour in 2012 and 144,7 billion kWhour in 2016 6.

35% of our country’s potential hydroelectric power supply is in operation,8% of this

is under construction and the rest of 57% is still at the level of project and is waiting to be developed. Planned to be established on Kelkit Brook ,the biggest benefit of Muratlı Weir and HPP Project is its contribution to energy production of the country. With actualising of the project , energy that will be produced will provide the evaluation of hydroelectric potential in Kelkit Basin and will serve all of Turkey as part of interconnected system. Taking into account these considerations , the main benefits and costs considered in Benefit/Cost analysis of the Project are given in Table 55. Table 55 Main Benefit and Costs Belonging To Suggested Project Facilities

MAJOR BENEFITS MAJOR COSTS

Annual Power Generation of 130.01 GWh Partial Effects on aquatic ecosystem inKelkit Brook

As compared to other power generation types, it has environmentally clean production

Local people’s being disturbed from noise and dust related to traffic in constructional phase.

Without significant loss of transfer of the local electricity needing provision.

Some temporary effects on community services and infrastructure.

Providing regional job opportunities Costs belonging to environmental measures to be taken

Indirect benefits and benefits including local job opportunities (food,clothing,transportation and revival of other service sectors in the region.)

6 www.euas.gov.tr/_EUAS/Images/Units/apk/2007_annualreport.pdf


96

Part VI : Influences That Will Happen and Go On After Closing Down The Establishment Activity and Precautions That Will Be Taken Against These Effects

Generally ,in all countries , HPP projects are designed as permanent business

running without interruption. The duration of project’s lisence is 49 years. However, the life of hydrolic structures is much longer. The life of electromechanical equipment (turbines,generators,unit control systems,switchgear field equipment etc.) is designed as 35 years. If the maintenance and repair of electromechanical equipment is done regularly and is renewed in necessary cases, proposed plant may serve many years. The environmental effects that may occur in the event of termination of activities are explained in the following parts.

VI.1. Land Reclamation

The economic life of hydroelectric power plants depends on the life of their concrete

structures.With maintenance or renewal of the concrete structures ( rehabilitation of body structure and water intake structure, renewal of callboys, the maintenance of settling ditchs and renewal of them if necessary), the plant business continues for many years depending on hydrological conditions. With the renewal of electromechanical equipment (replacement of turbines, cavitation care of turbine blades, wing settings and sealing system revision,renewal of generator windings,revision control systems, etc.), hydroelectric power plants can produce energy efficiently for many years. At the end of 49 years business period, if the closing of establishment comes to the fore due to conditions that may arise,the water coming from fountain will be transferred to downstream with the help of gravel passage and the other structures and river will be made available to the natural flow. When land reclamation is required, field leveling ,forming and terracing operations will be done. The vegetation of the region has the capacity of renewing itself rapidly because of heavy rain.

Moreover, during land reclamation work , surface drainage will be checked by

opening drainage channels and ditches where necessary to prevent the accumulation of the runoff that may occur with rainfall in the Field of Project.

VI.2. Land Reclamation That Will Be Made In Project’s Area and Rock Crusher Association and Advertisement Studies

The information about the land reclamation work that will be done after the closure of project into operation will be given in the above section.

Although the duration of the project’s license is 49 years, the life of hydraulic structures is much longer. If the maintenance and repair of electromechanical equipment is made regularly and is renewed in necessary cases, proposed plant may serve many years.However, at the end of 49 years business period, if the closing of establishment comes to the fore due to conditions that may arise, a reklamation work will be done before closing down taking into account the circumstances of that time.


97

VI.3. The Influences Of Existing Water Sources,

As described in Part VI.1, the closure of the business technically depends on unable to produce energy efficiently from the facility. At the end of business period, if the closing of establishment comes to the fore due to conditions that may arise,the water coming from fountain will be transferred to downstream with the help of gravel passage and the other structures and river will be available to the natural flow. The water level in the body of downstream will rise to old position of the river bed. In this case the river’s natural flow will not be changed. There will be no difference between downstream-foundation in terms of quality ana quantity of river water.


98

Part VII : Alternatives Of The Project (In This Section, Site Selection,Technology, Measures To Be Taken, Comparison Of Alternatives and Preferences Ranking Will Be Determined.)

Site Selection

The following technical, logistical and environmental factors are taken into

consideration in determination of the site planned for Muratlı Weir and HPP Project facilities.

• Land use value • Being no large-scale settlement that will create great social impact in the basin • Creating minimum impact on aggricultural and settlement lands that are scarce and

lowering of the cost of expropriation because of being steep and unsuitable of land in the region

• Being no protected areas in the Project Field according to legistation • Geological structure of the Project Field • The potential fall of Kelkit Brook • Rainfall-flow relationship of Kelkit Brook and the features of meteorological-

hydrological Alternative Technologies For Electricity Generation

When compared with natural gas,nuclear and coal-fueled power plants,

hydroelectric power plants have got important advantages like being renewable resources and puant work. Because they are quickly engaged in peak hours or they can quickly exit the circuit when there is a reduction in demand, hydroelectric power plants are the most suitable power plants for being met “Peak Demand”. When compared with the environmental effects of power plants using fossil fuel, the effects of hydroelectric power plants are the levels that can be ignored.

Environmental awareness has emerged in the world-wide and it is understood that environmental degradation has begun to create serious threats on living things.So ,especially important steps have been taken in the international arena. In 1988, “Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)”established with the support of United Nations Evironment Program and World Meteorological Organization is the first step of the process started. This panel is for the purpose of evaluation of scientific,technical and socio-economic information related to understanding of climate change risk of human origin. Panel published three large-scale evaluation report in 1990, 1996 and 2001. In addition to these evaluation reports, it also prepares special reports and does technical studies. All these studies done by Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change are used as loadstars about the negotiations of international politics and climate change. (Yrd. Doç. Dr. E. KARAKAYA, Ar.Gör. M. ÖZÇAĞ “Assessment of the Kyoto Protocol in terms of Turkey”).

It is understood that global warming will have very serious consequences in the future and this warming is largely a result of mankinds’ own activities. So , governments feel the need to act about immediate measures to be taken.


99

In this context, international negotiations have been started under the auspices of the United Nations and an important step was taken with the 1992 Rio Summit. (Yrd. Doç. Dr. E. KARAKAYA, Ar.Gör. M. ÖZÇAĞ “Assessment of the Kyoto Protocol in terms of Turkey”, 2003).

In June 1992, in Rio de Janeiro, “Framework Convention on Climate Change

UNFCCC)” was opened for signature in the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development as a result of these efforts. With Rio Convention that entered into force in March 1994, all parties were given common responsibilities fort he reduction of greenhouse gas emissions of human origin by adopting the “common but differentiated responsibilities” and taking into account national and regional differences. For UNFCCC, approximately 189 countries have participated so far. The ultimate aim of the Convention is “to stop the accumulation of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere at a level to prevent dangerous effects of people on the climate system.”Kyoto Protocol signed in United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change provides to reduce the oscillations of carbon dioxide and five ather gases that cause gren house effect or increase rights through trade secretion. Taking into account that the convention is inadequate to keep the greenhouse gas emmissions at the level of 1990 , developed countries with Kyoto Protocol promised lowering their greenhouse gas emissions at least 5 percent below of the level of 1990 in the period of 2008-2012. (N. KILIÇ, “Kyoto Protokol”, AR-GE Bulletin,Izmır Chamber of Commerce).

To reduce carbon dioxide emissions(CO2);

• Encouraging the use of renewable energy sources, • Making work towards providing productivity increase and savings in energy use

are important. (N. KILIÇ, “Kyoto Protokol”, AR-GE Bulletin,Izmır Chamber of Commerce).

Turkey participated to Protokol by signing Kyoto Protokol in 5 February 2009.

Turkey’s responsibility in the process towthe end of 2009 is expected to become clear exactly. In addition to this, also our country should reduce the green gas emissions in the coming years.

Facility planned to be established has great significance in terms of being able to fulfill the commitments in the process that is in front of Turkey because of both using renewable energy and not revealing greenhouse gas emissions in the operation phase.

According to data from the year 2006, the calculated emission factor for Turkey is 0,65 tons CO2/MWh. (Voluntary Emission Reduction (VER) Project Project Idea Note (Draft), Rotor Power Generation Inc. , Osmaniye Wind Farm Project 135 MW, Turkey).

Project’s annual energy production that is planned is 37.70 MW, and total installed capacity is 130.01 GWh. In the light of these data, total 84.500 tons CO2 reduction per year will be provided with the planned Project. (0,65 tons CO2/MWh * 130.010 MWh ≈ 84.500 tons CO2).

According to data of TSI , Turkey’s equivalent amount of CO2 emissions in 2006 is 331,8 million tons, 78% of this is the energy source. (TSI Newsletter, No: 106, June 2008). Because planned Project is the renewal source and environmentally friendly, it will contribute to the reduction of greenhouse gas emission.


100

Inaction Alternative (Zero Alternative)

Any investment can have many alternavies as site selection and technology. All of these alternatives are different investment options developed for the realization of the project. Above all, the project’s not being realized can be seen as an alternative. The main aim of this type of studies named as inaction alternative and mainly aim not to do the project is to evaluate benefits and costs in the status of project’s not being realized.(in other words,in existing conditions) Typically, this type of quantitative evaluation is difficult to navigate, the situations that the project’s being realized or not being realized may cause are presented under the alternative scenarios to decision makers in such studies.


101

Part VIII: Monitoring Programs

VIII.1. Recommended Monitoring Program For Construction Activities, Establishment Of The Activities , Recommended Monitoring Program For After Establishment, Emergency Response Plan,

General information on monitoring to be followed during the construction and operation phases are given below. Details of monitoring plan is given in Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan of this project.

Recommended Monitoring Program For Construction Phase

Within Muratlı Weir HEPP Project and construction phase, issues listed below will be considered generally.

• The execution of construction in accordance with contract plan and specifications, • The examination of the construction quality adequacy and keeping any records

related to construction properly, • In implementation phase, the execution of the construction in accordance with

prepared project documents and drawings, • Performing the legistation requirements of job and worker safety .

Besides, monitoring should be made by legistation in force in order to reduce the construction’s impacts on environment during construction. The monitoring area in the operational phase is the areas under construction , contractor’s site, the stream environment between weir and power plant location , rehabilitation areas of construction area.

Monitoring program will include the following points.

• The disposal of domestic solid waste that occurs during construction • The disposal of domestic liquid waste that occurs during construction • The examination of Iyidere water that may be affected from construction activities

periodically(once every three months) in terms of required water parameters turbidity at first (pH, TSS, turbidity, BOD, COD, total nitrogen and total phosphorus) by taking water samples from the downstream of project land.

• The periodic control of dust emissions and noise that will result from construction (in nearest settlement,once every three months)

• The control of waste that results from service and maintenance of construction machineries

• The control of excavation waste • The adjustment of corrupted landscape in the construction phase (completion of

construction activiities)

Recommended Monitoring Program For Operation Phase

According to Agreement Concerning Water Use Rights and Mangement Principles investor firm will provide the continuation of natural life of in downstream of river bed and will leave the water that will meet the water rights in this part.


102

The seasonal measurements of pH, TSS, turbidity, BOD, COD, total nitrogen and total phosphorus in river environment will be sufficient in monitoring program for construction stage. In the operational phase , also in nearest settlement, the noise measurement will me done over three-month periods.

The collection of solid waste and throwing to municipal waste field are also among

other issues that must be checked.

Emergency Response Plan An emergency response plan for construction stage containing information such as

the list of institutions that will be informed in case of emergency, the locations of security-related equipment and emergency escape routes will be prepared and used in operational phase if necessary. The most important aim of emergency response plans is to identify what to do in an emergency. Natural disasters, accidents, errors arising from the project or sudden floods within the project are considered as “emergency situation”. In addition to this, corrective interventions are needed to values that are in environmental parameters such as vibration and noise monitoring to be done and values that exceed the acceptable limits. ERP will be prepared according to specifications that are mentioned below.

• In an emergency , necessary tools and equipment will be identified for immediate

intervention and they will be kept in a seperate location. In this kind of tools and equipment, there will be diggers and shovels, face masks, protective eyewear, gloves, various pumps, electric motors that do not give rise to explosion, radios and similar equipment.It will be planned in advance how heavy construction machineries such as bucket, front loaders and dozers will intervene in any emergency and the parking places of heavy construction machineries will be selected bt taking into consideration these matters.

• ERPs will also include the list of emergency response teams, the locations of safety equipment andescape routes and their procedures.

• ERP will be checked regularly and periodic inspection and maintenance of all equipment will be made on a regular basis.Key personnel will be trained in this. Within the monitoring program related to security of projectt facilities , ERP’s applicability will be checked.

VIII.2. In Case of Being Given Affirmative Certificate Of EIA ,Program That

Is About Performing The Points That Take Place In The Second Paragraph Of “Obligations Of Associatons and Establishments That Get Competence Certificate” Title In Competence Notification

There is a statement in the second paragraph of Article 9 of “Competence

Notification” published in The Official Gazette dated February 24 ,2004 and numbered 25383 that “Instutions/organizations that got Competence Certificate are obliged to transmit to the Ministry that commitments belonging to the beginning and the construction periods of investment(until the transition to the business investment) in Final EIA Report that is prepared are fulfilled or not by filling The Monitoring Reports Form Of The Final EIA Report in Appendix-4 (in accordance with the specified time in Final EIA Report).


103

In this context, in case of being given “Positive EIA Certificate” for The EIA Report of Muratlı Weir and HEPP Project, the monitoring program in the Final EIA Report will be applied in the 6-month periods and will be transmitted to the Ministry by preparing Monitoring Reports Form.


104

Part IX : Public Participation Meeting (How and With What Method The Local People That Are Possible To Be Affected From The Project Are Informed, The Reflection Of Public Opinions Related To The Project and Descriptions Related To The Topic To EIA Report)

“Public Participation Meetings” was held in order to ensure public participation in

the EIA process ,to inform about the activities, to receive their comments and suggestions on August 11,2009 in Yaylaçayı Village of Gölova District of Sivas Province and on August 12, 2009 in Sarpkaya Village of Çamoluk District of Giresun Province with regard to Muratlı Weir and HEPP Project and in accordance with Article 9 of EIA Regulation.(see in Figure 19 and Figure 20)

In accordance with Article 9 of EIA Regulation, date, time, place and subject stating ads were published in total three newspapers that are being published in the level of one local and one national. (Akşam, Suşehri ve Yeni Şebinkarahisar Newspapers)

Local people, representatives of organizations with concerned municipalities and public institutions, congressmen and scientists participated meetings that were held under the chairmanship of T.R. Sivas Governorship Directorate of Environment and Forests (on August 11,2009 and at 11.00) T.R. Sivas Governorship Directorate of Environment and Forests (on August 12,2009 and at 13.30). Local people declared their opinions for realization of Project in terms of providing them to local and national economy acquisitions in meetings that were made. Clarifications on the subjects discussed in Muratli HEPP Project pubilc consultation meeting is given in Appendix-14.


105

Figure 19 An Appearance From A Meeting In Yaylacayı Village

Figure 20 An Appearance From A Meeting In Sarpkaya Village


106

Part X : Not A Technical Summary Of The Information Given Under The Titles Above

• With the realization of this Project, 37.70 MW installed capacity will be engaged in

the region and approximately 130.01 GWh energy will be produced per year.

• For consruction phase of the Project, a period of 24 months is envisaged. • The domestic wastewater that will occur from the personnel in the operational

phase will be stored in watertight cesspools that will be built in accordance with the provisions of “Regulations About Pits That Will Be Used In Impossible Places Of Cesspit Channel Construction” come into force and published in The Official Gazette dated March 13 ,1971 and numbered 13783 .When they are full, they will be vacuumed by vacuum truck belonging to concerned Municipality and will be removed in accordance with the provisions of WPCR

• The amount of domestic solid waste that will occur from personnel in the

operational phase is 100,5 kg (75 people × 1,34 kg/person-day) per day. Recycled waste in this waste (glass, plastic, cans, paper) will be sepperated according to Article 8 of “Solid Waste Control Regulation” and will be accumulated in containers. The rest of waste will be sent to Solid Waste Storage Area of concerned Municipality in accordance with Article 20 of the same Regulation.

• It is anticipated that the amount of domestic solid waste that will occur from

personnel in the operational phase will be 20,1 kg solid waste (15 people × 1,34 kg/person-day) per day. Recycled waste in this waste (glass, plastic, cans, paper) will be sepperated according to Article 8 of “Solid Waste Control Regulation” and will be accumulated in containers. The rest of waste will be sent to Solid Waste Storage Area of concerned Municipality in accordance with Article 20 of the same Regulation.

• During construction activities, veetable solid will be accumulated in an appropriate

place in the field. Following the completion of construction activities, it will be used in environmental design and lanscaping.

• 50 people will be worked in the construction phase of the Project. It will be

benefited from health institutions in the nearest district related to accidents and health problems that may occur. Therefore, formation of medical waste under the Project will not be discussed.

• A total of 15 people will be worked in the operational phase of the Project and

infirmary will not be established. Therefore, formation of medical waste will not be discussed. It will be benefited from health institutions in the nearest district center in case of need.

• Within the Project, “Emergency Response Plan (ERP)” will be prepared in the

operational phase and it will be obeyed to this plan strictly.


107

• Periodic maintenance of construction machineries and their equipment that will be used in the operational phase will be done and the noise that will occur from these machineries will not be exceeded the standart values that are given in “Environmental Noise Assessment and Management Regulation published in The Official Gazette dated July 1 , 2005 and numbered 25862. In addition to all of this, protective equipment (clothing, and equipment, headphones etc.) referred in Labor Law numbered 4857 and “Occupational Health and Safety Regulation” published in The Official Gazette dated December 9 ,2003 and numbered 25311 will be given to the personnel in order to protect the workers.

• During construction, construction site areas will be established near the location of

the facilities that will be built.After the construction , land will be brought to the old position removing these construction site facilities.

• Material that is taken out of excavation will be used in unit places for landscping as

filling material.

• The region that the project area is located in is shown as 1st degree earthquake zone in Turkey Earthquake Zones Map. Necessary measures will be taken in accordance with the provisions of “Regulations About Buildings That Will Be Done In Earthquake Areas” dated March 6, 2007.


108

Part XI: Consequences (The Summary Of All Explanations, A General Assessment That Important Environmental Impacts Of The Project Are Lined and States To What Extent Will Be Able To Be Successed In Prevention Of Negative Environmental Impact In Case Of Realization Of The Project, Choices Between Alternatives Within The Project And Reasons For These Choices)

In Part X, the necessary information is given in summary in accordence with

environmental impacts of the project and measures to be taken. Choices between alternatives within the project and reasons for these choices are discussed in detail in Part VII.

The main laws and regulations that will be obeyed throughout the construction and

the construction phase of “Muratlı Weir and HEPP Project” are presented below:

• Law No. 2863 On The Protection Of Cultural and Natural Heritage Related Regulations ( Amended By Law No. 3386 and 5226 )

• Law No. 2872 On Environment and Related Regulations • Law No. 4857 On Labor and Related Regualtions • Law No. 4342 On Meadow and Related Regulations • Law No. 5403 On Soil Protection and Land Use and Related Regulations • Law No. 6831 On Forest and Law and Related Regulations On The Amendments On

Forest Law No. 5192 • Regulations About Pits That Will Be Opened In Impossible Places Of Cesspit Channel

Construction (Offical Gazette dated March 13 ,1971 and numbered 13783.) • The Protection Of Air Quality Assessment Management Regulation (Offical Gazette dated June 6 ,2008 and numbered 26898.) • Solid Wastes Control Regulation (Offical Gazette dated March 14,1991 and numbered 20814.) • Regulations About Buildings That Will Be Done In Disaster Areas (Offical Gazette dated July 14, 2007 and numbered 26582.) • Environmental Control Regulation

(Official Gazette dated November 21, 2008 and numbered 27061.) • Environmental Impact Assessment Regulation (Official Gazette dated July 17 ,2008 and numbered 26939.) • Regulation About Health and Safety In Construction (Official Gazette dated December 23 , 2003 and numbered 25325.) • Regulation On Control Of Waste Oil

(Official Gazette dated July 30 ,2008 and numbered 26952.) • Regulations About The Control Of Excavation Soil,Construction and Ruins (Official Gazette dated March 18, 2004 and numbered 25406.) • Regulation About Occupational Health and Worker Safety In Temporary or Specific Periods Jobs (Official Gazette dated May 15,2004 and numbered 25463.) • Regulation On Control Of Waste Batteries and Accumulators (Official Gazette dated August 31, 2004 and numbered 25569.)


109

• Regulation On Control Of Water Pollution (Official Gazette dated December 31 2004 and numbered 25687.) • Regulation On Control Of Dangerous Wastes (Official Gazette March 14, 2005 and numbered 25755.) • Regulation On Control Of Air Pollution Arising From Industirial Activities (Official Gazette dated July 3 ,2009 and numbered 27277.) • Regulation On Control Of Soil Pollution (Official Gazette dated May 31 ,2005 and numbered 25831.) • Regulation About Buildings That Will Be Built In Earthquake Regions

(Offiical Gazette dated March 6 , 2007 and numbered 26454.) • Regulation On The Amendments On Buildings That Will Be Built In Earthquake

Regions (Official Gazette dated May 3 , 2007 and numbered 26511.)

• Regulation On Packaging Waste (Official Gazette dated June 24 , 2007 and numbered 26562.)

• Environmental Noise Assessment and Management Regulation (Official Gazette dated March 7 ,2008 and numbered 26809.) • Regulation About Worker Health and Occupational Safety In Construction Activities (Official Gazette dated September 12 , 1974 and numbered 15004.) • Regulation About Worker Health and Occupational Safety (Official Gazette dated April 11 , 1974 and numbered 14765.)


110

BIBLIOGRAPHY

• Revised Feasibility Report Of Muratlı Weir and HEPP Project, 2008 • Geology-Geotechnical Investigation Report • www.deprem.gov.tr (Official Website Of Earthquake Research Center) • www.kgm.gov.tr (Official Website Of General Directorate of Highways) • www.tuik.gov.tr (Official Website Of Turkish Statistical Institute) • www.sivas.gov.tr (Official Website of Sivas Province Governorship) • www.giresun.gov.tr (Official Website of Giresun Province Governorship) • www.ogm.gov.tr (Official Website Of General Directorate Of Forestry) • Giresun Province Environmental Status Report , 2007 • Sivas Province Environmental Status Report, 2008 • Important Bird Areas Of Turkey In 2004 Update; Natural Society Publications • Important Areas In Turkey, WWF-Turkey (World Wildlife Fund), May 2003

Publications • Amphibians Of Turkey, Book Series Of Ege University Faculty Of Science, 1994 • Freshwater Fish Of Turkey, Publications Of Ege University Faculty Of Fisheries • Turkish Dictionary Of Plant Names, Turkish Language Association Publication,

1997 • www.tubitak.gov.tr/tubives • Davis P. H., Flora of Turkey and the East Aegean Islands (Türkiye ve Doğu Ege

Adaları Florası), Vol 1-10, 1965-1988. • www.iucnredlist.org ( IUCN 2007 Red List of Threatened Species) • www.conventions.coe.int (BERN Convention) • www.cites.org (CITES Convention) • www.birdlife.org • The Decision Of The Central Hunting Commision In 2009-2010 Hunting Period By

T.R. Ministry Of Environment and Forests Published In Official Gazette Dated June 1 , 2009 and Numbered 27245

• www.tarim.net


APPENDICES


APPENDIX-1

DOCUMENT THAT EIA IS NOT REQUIRED


APPENDIX-2

SPECIAL FORMAT OF EIA REPORT

1

MURATLI REGÜLATÖRÜ VE HES PROJESİ ÇED RAPORU FORMATI Başlık Sayfası Proje sahibinin adı, adresi, telefonu, faks nosu: Projenin adı: Proje bedeli: Proje için seçilen yerin (Regülatör, HES, Hazır Beton Santralı) açık adresi (adı, mevkisi, birden fazla il veya ilçede yer alıyorsa bunları tanımlayan yörenin adı): Proje için seçilen yerin koordinatları, zone: Projenin ÇED Yönetmeliği kapsamındaki yeri (sektörü, alt sektörü): Raporu hazırlayan kuruluşun adı, adresi, telefonu, faks nosu: Raporu hazırlayan kuruluşun yeterlik belgesi no'su, tarihi, Raporun sunum tarihi: (Gün/Ay/Yıl) İçindekiler Listesi Bölüm I: Projenin Tanımı ve Amacı (Proje konusu faaliyetin tanımı, ömrü, hizmet amaçları, pazar veya hizmet alanları ve bu alan içerisinde ekonomik ve sosyal yönden ülke, bölge ve/veya il ölçeğinde önem ve gereklilikleri) Bölüm II: Proje İçin Seçilen Yerin Konumu II.1. Projenin yeri (İlgili Valilik veya Belediye tarafından doğruluğu onanmış olan proje yerinin, lejant ve plan notlarının da yer aldığı onanlı Çevre Düzeni Planı ve İmar Planları üzerinde, bu planlar yoksa mevcut arazi kullanım haritası üzerinde gösterimi), II.2. Proje kapsamındaki (beton santralı dahil ) ünitelerin konumu, teknik altyapı üniteleri, idari ve sosyal üniteler, varsa diğer üniteler, bunlar için belirlenen kapalı ve açık alan büyüklükleri, bu ünitelerin proje alanı içindeki konumlarının vaziyet planı veya kroki üzerinde gösterimi, diğer tekniklerle temsili resim veya maket benzeri gösterimler,) Bölüm III: Projenin Ekonomik ve Sosyal Boyutları III.1. Projenin gerçekleşmesi ile ilgili yatırım programı ve finans kaynakları, III.2. Projenin gerçekleşmesi ile ilgili iş akım şeması veya zamanlama tablosu, III.3. Projenin fayda-maliyet analizi, III.4. Proje kapsamında olmayan ancak projenin gerçekleşmesine bağlı olarak, proje sahibi veya diğer yatırımcılar tarafından gerçekleştirilmesi tasarlanan diğer ekonomik, sosyal ve altyapı projeleri, III.5. Proje kapsamında olmayan ancak projenin gerçekleşebilmesi için zaruri olan ve proje sahibi veya diğer yatırımcılar tarafından gerçekleştirilmesi planlanan diğer ekonomik, sosyal ve altyapı projeleri, III.6. Kamulaştırma ve/veya yeniden yerleşimin nasıl yapılacağı, III.7. Diğer hususlar. Bölüm IV: Proje Kapsamında Yer Alan Regülatör, HES ve Beton Santralinden Etkilenecek Alanın Belirlenmesi ve Bu Alan İçindeki Mevcut Çevresel Özelliklerin Açıklanması (*) IV.1. Projeden etkilenecek alanın belirlenmesi, (etki alanının nasıl ve neye göre belirlendiği açıklanacak ve etki alanı harita üzerinde gösterilecek) IV.2. Etki Alanı İçerisindeki Fiziksel ve biyolojik çevrenin özellikleri ve doğal kaynakların kullanımı, IV.2.1. Meteorolojik ve iklimsel özellikler, IV.2.2. Jeolojik özellikler (jeolojik yapının fiziko-kimyasal özellikleri, tektonik hareketler, mineral kaynaklar, heyelan, benzersiz oluşumlar, çığ, sel, kaya düşmesi başlıkları altında incelenmesi, 1/100000, 1/25000 ve/veya 1/5000'lik jeolojik harita ve lejantı), IV.2.3. Yeraltı ve termal su kaynaklarının hidrojeolojik özellikleri (su seviyeleri, miktarları, emniyetli çekim değerleri, kaynakların debileri, mevcut ve planlanan kullanımı), IV.2.4. Yüzeysel su kaynaklarının hidrolojik ve ekolojik özellikleri, IV.2.5. Yüzeysel su kaynaklarının mevcut ve planlanan kullanımı (içme, kullanma, sulama suyu, su ürünleri istihsali, ulaşım, turizm, elektrik üretimi, diğer kullanımlar), IV.2.6. Toprak özellikleri ve kullanım durumu (toprağın fiziksel-kimyasal ve biyolojik özellikleri, arazi kullanım kabiliyeti sınıflaması, erozyon, toprağın mevcut kullanımı), (*) Bu bölümde proje için seçilen yerin çevresel özellikleri verilirken etki alanı dikkate alınmalıdır. Bu bölümde sıralanan hususlar itibarı ile açıklanırken, ilgili kamu kurum ve kuruluşlarından, araştırma kurumlarından, üniversitelerden veya benzeri diğer kurumlardan temin edilen bilgilerin hangi kurumdan ve kaynaktan alındığı raporun notlar bölümünde belirtilir veya ilgili harita, doküman vb. belgeye işlenir. Proje sahibince kendi araştırmalarına dayalı bilgiler verilmek istenirse, bunlardan kamu kurum ve kuruluşların yetkileri altında olanlar için ilgili kurum ve kuruluşlardan bu bilgilerin doğruluğunu belirten birer belge alınarak rapora eklenir.

2

IV.2.7. Tarım alanları (tarımsal gelişim proje alanları, özel mahsul plantasyon alanları) sulu ve kuru tarım arazilerinin büyüklüğü, ürün desenleri ve bunların yıllık üretim miktarları, IV.2.8. Orman Alanları (ağaç türleri ve miktarları, kapladığı alan büyüklükleri ve kapalılığı bunların mevcut ve planlanan koruma ve/veya kullanım amaçları), IV.2.9. Koruma alanları (Milli Parklar, Tabiat Parkları, Sulak Alanlar, Tabiat Anıtları, Tabiatı Koruma Alanları, Yaban Hayatı Koruma Alanları, Biyogenetik Rezerv Alanları, Biyosfer Rezervleri, Doğal Sit ve Anıtlar, Tarihi, Kültürel Sitler, Özel Çevre Koruma Bölgeleri, Özel Çevre Koruma Alanları, Turizm Alan ve Merkezleri, Mera Kanunu kapsamındaki alanlar), IV.2.10. İç sulardaki (göl, akarsu) canlı türleri (bu türlerin tabii karakterleri, ulusal ve uluslararası mevzuatla koruma altına alınan türler; bunların üreme, beslenme, sığınma ve yaşama ortamları; bu ortamlar için belirlenen koruma kararları, orman inceleme değerlendirme formu), IV.2.11. Flora ve Fauna (türler, endemik özellikle lokal endemik bitki türleri, alanda doğal olarak yaşayan hayvan türleri, ulusal ve uluslararası mevzuatla koruma altına alınan türler, nadir ve nesli tehlikeye düşmüş türler ve bunların alandaki bulunuş yerleri, av hayvanlarının adları, popülasyonları ve bunlar için alınan Merkez Av Komisyonu Kararları) proje alanındaki vejetasyon tiplerinin bir harita üzerinde gösterilmesi. Projeden ve çalışmalardan etkilenecek canlılar için alınması gereken koruma önlemleri (inşaat ve işletme aşamasında). Arazide yapılacak flora çalışmalarının vejetasyon döneminde gerçekleştirilmesi ve bu dönemin belirtilmesi, IV.2.12. Madenler ve Fosil Yakıt Kaynakları (rezerv miktarları, mevcut ve planlanan işletilme durumları, yıllık üretimleri ve bunun ülke veya yerel kullanımlar için önemi ve ekonomik değerleri), IV.2.13. Hayvancılık (türleri, beslenme alanları, yıllık üretim miktarları, bu ürünlerin ülke ekonomisindeki yeri ve değeri), IV.2.14. Devletin yetkili organlarının hüküm ve tasarrufu altında bulunan araziler (Askeri Yasak Bölgeler, kamu kurum ve kuruluşlarına belirli amaçlarla tahsis edilmiş alanlar, vb.), IV.2.15. Proje yeri ve etki alanının hava, su, toprak ve gürültü açısından mevcut kirlilik yükünün belirlenmesi, IV.2.16. Diğer özellikler. IV.3. Sosyo - Ekonomik Çevrenin Özellikleri IV.3.1. Ekonomik özellikler (yörenin ekonomik yapısını oluşturan başlıca sektörler, yöresel işgücünün bu sektörlere dağılımı, sektörlerdeki mal ve hizmet üretiminin yöre ve ülke ekonomisi içindeki yeri ve önemi, diğer bilgiler ), IV.3.2. Nüfus (yöredeki kentsel ve kırsal nüfus, nüfus hareketleri; göçler, nüfus artış oranları, ortalama hane halkı nüfusu, diğer bilgiler), IV.3.3. Gelir (yöredeki gelirin işkollarına dağılımı, işkolları itibariyle kişi başına düşen maksimum, min. ve ortalama gelir), IV.3.4. İşsizlik (yöredeki işsiz nüfus ve faal nüfusa oranı), IV.3.5. Yöredeki sosyal altyapı hizmetleri (eğitim, sağlık, kültür hizmetleri ve bu hizmetlerden yararlanılma durumu), IV.3.6. Kentsel ve kırsal arazi kullanımları (yerleşme alanlarının dağılımı, mevcut ve planlanan kullanım alanları, bu kapsamda sanayi bölgeleri, konutlar, turizm alanları vb.), IV.3.7. Diğer özellikler. Bölüm V: Projenin Bölüm IV’de Tanımlanan Alan Üzerindeki Etkileri Ve Alınacak Önlemler: (Bu bölümde; projenin fiziksel ve biyolojik çevre üzerine etkileri, bu etkileri önlemek, en aza indirmek ve iyileştirmek için alınacak yasal, idari ve teknik önlemler V.1 ve V.2 başlıkları için ayrı ayrı ve ayrıntılı bir şekilde açıklanır). V.1. Arazinin hazırlanması, inşaat ve tesis aşamasındaki projeler, fiziksel ve biyolojik çevre üzerine etkileri ve alınacak önlemler (Regülatör, HES, iletim tüneli, iletim kanalı, beton santralı dahil), V.1.1. Arazinin hazırlanması için yapılacak işler kapsamında nerelerde ve ne kadar alanda hafriyat yapılacağı, hafriyat miktarı, hafriyat artığı toprak, taş, kum vb. maddelerin nerelere taşınacakları, nerelerde depolanacakları veya hangi amaçlar için kullanılacakları, hafriyat sırasında kullanılacak malzemeler, V.1.2. Arazinin hazırlanması sırasında ve ayrıca ünitelerin inşasında kullanılacak maddelerden parlayıcı, patlayıcı, tehlikeli, toksik ve kimyasal olanların taşınımları, depolanmaları ve kullanımları, bu işler için kullanılacak aletler ve makineler, V.1.3. Taşkın önleme ve drenaj işlemleri, V.1.4. Proje alanı içindeki su ortamlarında herhangi bir amaçla gerçekleştirilecek kazı, dip taraması vb. işlemler nedeni ile çıkarılacak taş, kum, çakıl ve benzeri maddelerin miktarları, nerelere taşınacakları veya hangi amaçlar için kullanılacakları, V.1.5. Regülatör, HES ve tünel yapımı dolayısıyla kullanılacak malzemenin nereden, nasıl ve ne miktarda temin edileceği, V.1.6. Beton Santralı tesisinin kapasitesi, teknolojisi, üretim miktarlarının çalışma süreleri (gün-ay-yıl), ulaşım altyapısı planı, altyapının inşası ile ilgili işlemler, kullanılacak makine ekipmanları, V.1.8. İnşaat esnasında kırma, öğütme, taşıma ve depolama gibi toz yayıcı işlemler, kümülatif değerler, V.1.9. Zemin emniyeti, toprak kayması (bölgedeki yüksek heyelan riski de göz önünde bulundurularak) ve su kaçağı olmaması için yapılacak işlemler, tünel ve kanal inşaatında alınacak önlemler, V.1.10. Arazinin hazırlanması ve inşaat alanı için gerekli arazinin temini amacıyla kesilecek ağaçların tür ve sayıları, kesilecek ağaçların bölgedeki orman ekosistemi üzerine etkileri, ortadan kaldırılacak tabii bitki türleri ve ne kadar alanda bu işlerin yapılacağı, fauna üzerine olabilecek etkiler, V.1.11. Arazinin hazırlanması, inşaat alanı için gerekli arazinin temini amacıyla elden çıkarılacak tarım alanlarının büyüklüğü, bunların arazi kullanım kabiliyetleri ve tarım ürün türleri,

3

V.1.12. Arazinin hazırlanmasından başlayarak ünitelerin açılmasına kadar yapılacak işlerde kullanılacak yakıtların türleri, özellikleri, oluşacak emisyonlar, V.1.13. Proje kapsamında kullanılacak suyun temin edileceği kaynaklardan alınacak su miktarları, su temini sistemi ve bu suların kullanım amaçlarına göre miktarları, oluşacak atık suların cins ve miktarları, deşarj edileceği ortamlar, V.1.14. Arazinin hazırlanmasından başlayarak ünitelerin açılmasına dek meydana gelecek katı atık miktarı, ne şekilde bertaraf edileceği, V.1.15. Arazinin hazırlanmasından başlayarak ünitelerin açılmasına dek yapılacak işler nedeni ile meydana gelecek vibrasyon, gürültünün kaynakları ve seviyesi, kümülatif değerler, V.1.16. Arazinin hazırlanmasından başlayarak ünitelerin açılmasına dek yerine getirilecek işlerde çalışacak personelin ve bu personele bağlı nüfusun konut ve diğer teknik/sosyal altyapı ihtiyaçlarının nerelerde ve nasıl temin edileceği, V.1.17. Arazinin hazırlanmasından başlayarak ünitelerin açılmasına dek sürdürülecek işlerden, insan sağlığı ve çevre için riskli ve tehlikeli olanlar, V.1.18. Proje alanında, peyzaj öğeleri yaratmak veya diğer amaçlarla yapılacak saha düzenlemelerinin (ağaçlandırmalar ve/veya yeşil alan düzenlemeleri vb.) ne kadar alanda, nasıl yapılacağı, bunun için seçilecek bitki ve ağaç türleri, V.1.19. Projenin yeraltı ve yerüstünde bulunan kültür ve tabiat varlıklarına (geleneksel kentsel dokuya, arkeolojik kalıntılara, korunması gerekli doğal değerlere) mesafesi ve olabilecek etkilerin belirlenmesi, V.1.20. Diğer özellikler. V.2. Projenin işletme aşamasındaki projeler, fiziksel ve biyolojik çevre üzerine etkileri ve alınacak önlemler, V.2.1. Proje kapsamındaki tüm ünitelerin özellikleri, hangi faaliyetlerin hangi ünitelerde gerçekleştirileceği, kapasiteleri, ünitelerde üretilecek mal ve/veya hizmetler, nihai ve yan ürünlerin üretim miktarları, V.2.2. Ulusal ve uluslararası mevzuatla korunması gereken alanlara mesafeler ve bu alanlar üzerine etkiler, V.2.3. Kaynağın kullanılması ve regülatör yapısında su tutulması sonucu su kalitesine ve su ortamındaki canlılara olabilecek etkiler, proje için tespit edilen balık türlerine ait geçiş yapıları, V.2.4. Regülatörden mansaba bırakılacak su miktarı, işletme debileri, on-line sistemi hakkında bilgi, can suyu hesabında havzanın genel durumu, yağış-akış ilişkisi ve proje yerlerindeki dere akımları, akım gözlemi yapılmaya başlandığı yıldan itibaren (uzun dönemli akımlar-son 10 yıllık) incelenerek günümüze kadar yıllar itibariyle değişimi, yan dere katılımları, havzanın mevcut yatak durumu ve mevcut planlanan kullanımları, debi süreklilik eğrisi, grafiği ve/veya tablosu, debi süreklilik eğrisinin Q96 - Q99 arası akımları, mansap can suyu ile çevirme yapısı ve santral arasında kalan dere yatağına karışan ve sürekli akıma sahip yan kollar arasındaki ilişki, yağış alanını ve akım gözlem istasyonlarını gösteren çizimler, V.2.5. Suyun temin edileceği kaynağın kullanılması sonucu mansapta olabilecek değişimler (erozyon, nehir hidrolojisi, sucul hayat, sediment gelişi vb.), V.2.6. Kaynağa ait varsa diğer kullanım şekilleri ve etkileri, (projenin mansabında veya membaında yer alan diğer projeler, su kanalları, bentler vs.) can suyu hesabında bu yapıların göz önünde bulundurulması) V.2.7. Yeraltı ve yüzeysel su kaynaklarına olabilecek etkiler, V.2.8. Projenin işletilmesi sırasında çalışacak personelin ve bu personele bağlı nüfusun konut ve diğer sosyal/teknik altyapı ihtiyaçlarının nerelerde, nasıl temin edileceği, V.2.9. İdari ve sosyal ünitelerde içme ve kullanma amaçlı suların kullanımı sonrasında oluşacak atık suların arıtılması için uygulanacak arıtma tesisi karakteristiği prosesinin detaylandırılması ve arıtılan atık suların hangi alıcı ortamlara, ne miktarlarda, nasıl verileceği, V.2.10. Konut, sosyal ve idari tesislerden oluşacak katı atık miktar ve özellikleri, bu atıkların nerelere ve nasıl taşınacakları veya hangi amaçlar için ve ne şekilde değerlendirileceği, V.2.11. Proje ünitelerinin işletilmesi sırasında oluşacak gürültünün kaynakları ve kontrolü için alınacak önlemler, V.2.12. Orman alanlarına olabilecek etki ve bu etkilere karşı alınacak tedbirlerin tanımlanması, V.2.13. Diğer özellikler. V.3. Projenin Sosyo-Ekonomik Çevre Üzerine Etkileri V.3.1. Proje ile gerçekleşmesi beklenen gelir artışları; yaratılacak istihdam imkanları, nüfus hareketleri, göçler, eğitim, sağlık, kültür, diğer sosyal ve teknik altyapı hizmetleri ve bu hizmetlerden yararlanılma durumlarında değişiklikler vb., V.3.2. Çevresel fayda-maliyet analizi. Bölüm VI: İşletme Proje Kapandıktan Sonra Olabilecek Ve Süren Etkiler Ve Bu Etkilere Karşı Alınacak Önlemler V1.1. Arazi ıslahı, VI.2. Proje alanı ve konkasör tesisinde yapılacak arazi ıslahı ve reklamasyon çalışmaları, V1.3. Mevcut su kaynaklarına etkiler, Bölüm VII: Projenin Alternatifleri (Bu bölümde yer seçimi, teknoloji, alınacak önlemler, alternatiflerin karşılaştırılması ve tercih sıralaması belirtilecektir.) Bölüm VIII: İzleme Programı VIII.1. Faaliyetin inşaatı için önerilen izleme programı, faaliyetin işletmesi ve işletme sonrası için önerilen izleme programı ve acil müdahale planı, VIII.2. ÇED Olumlu Belgesinin verilmesi durumunda, Yeterlik Tebliği’nde “Yeterlik Belgesi alan kurum/kuruluşların yükümlülükleri” başlığının ikinci paragrafında yer alan hususların gerçekleştirilmesi ile ilgili program.

4

Bölüm IX: Halkın Katılımı (Projeden etkilenmesi muhtemel yöre halkının nasıl ve hangi yöntemlerle bilgilendirildiği, proje ile ilgili halkın görüşlerinin ve konu ile ilgili açıklamaların ÇED Raporuna yansıtılması) Bölüm X: Yukarıdaki Başlıklar Altında Verilen Bilgilerin Teknik Olmayan Bir Özeti (Projenin inşaat ve işletme aşamalarında yapılması planlanan tüm çalışmaların ve çevresel etkiler için alınması öngörülen tüm önlemlerin, mümkün olduğunca basit, teknik terim içermeyecek şekilde ve halkın anlayabileceği sadelikte anlatılması) Bölüm XI: Sonuçlar (Yapılan tüm açıklamaların özeti, projenin önemli çevresel etkilerinin sıralandığı ve projenin gerçekleşmesi halinde olumsuz çevresel etkilerin önlenmesinde ne ölçüde başarı sağlanabileceğinin belirtildiği genel bir değerlendirme, proje kapsamında alternatifler arası seçimler ve bu seçimlerin nedenleri ) Ekler: ( Projede yapılmak istenen değişikliklerle ilgili DSİ Genel Müdürlüğü Etüt ve Plan Dairesi Başkanlığının uygun görüşü ayrıca Raporun hazırlanmasında kullanılan ve çeşitli kuruluşlardan sağlanan bilgi, belge ve tekniklerden rapor metninde sunulamayanlar, v.b.) Notlar ve Kaynaklar: ÇED Raporunu hazırlayanların tanıtımı (Adı Soyadı, Mesleği, 1 kişi için 1 sayfayı geçmeyecek şekilde hazırlanmış kısa özgeçmiş, Referansları ve Rapordan sorumlu olduğunu belirten imzası) (bilgilenme kapsam ve özel format belirleme toplantısında ÇED Raporunu hazırlayacak meslek grubunda İnşaat Mühendisi ve Jeoloji Mühendisinin bulunması komisyon tarafından belirlenmiştir.)


APPENDIX-3

GENERAL LAYOUT PLAN

456 000

POWER PLANT TRANSMISSION CHANNEL 2

TRANSMISSION CHANNEL-1

WATER INTAKE STRUCTURE

ROAD

ROAD

ROAD

ROAD

TRANSMISSION TUNNEL 2

TRANSMISSION TUNNEL- 1

APPROACH TUNNEL

GIRESUN PROVINCE CAMOLUK DISTRICT SARPKAYA VILLAGE

SIVAS PROVINCE GOLOVA DISTRICT YAYLACAYI VILLAGE

STORAGE AREA

LABOUR CAMPPR

OVI

NCIA

L BO

RDER

PROVI

NCIAL

BORDER

PENSTOCK

FOREBAY

RESERVOIR LAKE

4 447 000

4 446 000

4 445 000

4 444 000

4 443 000

4 442 000

457 000

458 000

459 000

460 000

461 000

462 000

463 000

464 000

CONCRETE PLANT

SEDIMANTATION POND

LEGEND

STORAGE AREA

LABOUR CAMP

CONCRETE PLANT

RESERVOIR LAKEROAD


APPENDIX-4

METEOROLOGY BULLETIN


APPENDIX-5

GEOLOGICAL MAPS


APPENDIX-6

EARTHQUAKE RISK ANALYSIS STUDY

Earthquake Risk Analysis Metodology The buildings such as factories, power plants, etc. constructed on active active seismic belts must be resistant to earthquakes. Therefore, the precautions stipulated in relevant regulations must be taken during the preparation (architectural design, static, concrete strength and equipping) and construction phases. The forces acting on the building during an earthquake depend on the dynamic characteristics and weight of the building as well as the local characteristics of the ground. Therefore earthquake resistant building projects must be prepared and the detils of the Project shall be applied carefully. Risk analyses studies determine the level of the seismic activity potential of the site where engineering structures such as power plant building, dam body and factory is going to be constructed. The results of these studies constitute a basis for earthquake resistant Project design. Probabilistic methods as well as the deterministic methods are applied in earthquake risk analyses. The probabilistic methods are advantageous over the deterministic methods. These advantages are; • All earthquake magnitutes that are above a certain value are included in calculations. • The impact of all sources at different distances are considered. • This method shall be utilized to compare the risks of two alternative sites and to select appropriate design parameters. At the beginning of the risk analyses study conducted in Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site seismologic data was evaluated in order to determine the maximum acceleration that is expected to be effective in parent rock in the future. Information on the earthquakes having a magnitute greater than 4 (M≥ 4) that occured between 1900 and 2005 at the project site was collect from the national and international databses such as General Directorate of Disaster Affairs Earthquake Research Department, Bogazici University Kandilli Observatory and Earthquake Research Institute, ISC (International Seismology Center), USGS (United States Geological Survey), NEIC (National Earthquake Information Center). At the second step of risk analyses study, seismologic and techtonic data was correlated and Seismotechtonic Map of teh region was prepared. Two earthquake sources are determined on the map which are indicated as A-1 (areal source) and L-1 (line source). The software utilized for risk assessment is based on Poisson probabilistic theory. This software calculated the acceleration-risk values of both areal and line source by using coordinates of Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site and attenuation relationship coefficients. These calculated values are given in Table-1. Fort he earthquake risk analyses, the following parameters has to be otained. a) Seismic Data - Collection of Historical and Instrumental Earthquake Data - Determination of epicenter coordinates, magnitute, intensity

- Epicenter distribution map - Isoseismic map - Acceleration coefficients b) geologic and tectonic data - selection of tectonic zone - detection of active faults and shear zone - measurement of crest movement - satellite images and aeiral photo - measurement of fault offset c) Seismotectonic Map - Determination of earthquake source - earthquake parameters of point, line and areal sources d) calculation of probabilistic and deterministic risk - determination of probabilistic model (Poisson, Gumbel, Markov models) - determination of the relationship between magnitude and frequency of earthquake sources - attenuation relationship of ground acceleration - preparation of acceleration risk tables Theoretical Principles In order to determine the future seismic activities, the following Poission probabilistic model shall be applied. Pn(t) =e-λt(t)n / n! Pn(t) = probability of occurance of n earthquake in a time period of t n = number of earthquake λ= number of earthquakes ocuuring in unit number of time Gutenberg-Richter (1956) developed a method that determines the magnitute of future earthquakes depending on the ancient earthquakes. The following formula defines the relationship between the magnitute and the cummulative number of earthquakes. log N(m)= α + β M α,β= regression coefficients M=magnitude N=cummulative number of earthquakes This relation cen be either linear or binary linear. Loge N1(M) = α1 + ß1M M < M0 Loge N2 (M) = α2 + ß2 M M > M0 Considering the length and area of the sources and observation periods, N (M) = N (m) / L.T ; α'= α - Loge(L.T) Line Source N (M) = N (m)/ A.T ; α'= α - Loge(A.T) Making areal source conversion the following normalized relations can be found. Loge N1(M) = α'1 + ß1M

Loge N2(M) = α'2 + ß2 M N (M) = Cummulative number of earthquakes having magnitude greater than M, N1 (M) = N (M) normalized cummulative number of earthquakes, M0 = magnitude of most intensive earthquake determined at source M1 = magnitude of most intensive earthquake expected at the source L = length of line source (km) A = area of areal source (km2) T = Observation period (year) α , ß = Regression coefficients α' = regression coefficient calculated by normalizing α The erthquake risk of Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site was calculated by the formulas given above. In addition, a seismotectonic map was prepared for line source L-1 and areal source A-1 and the parameters given in Table 1 was obtained from the map. The results of earthquake risk analyses are highly dependent on these parameters. Areal Source

α'1 ß1 α'2 ß2 MO M1 Havg

A-1 - 3.9007 - 1.3401 18.0631 - 4.5701 6.8 7.5 27 L-1 1.0101 - 1.4170 18.4527 - 3.7427 7.9 8.5 30 Earthquake Sources At the risk analyses studies, it is assumed that the earthquakes are originated from point,line and areal sources. In risk analyses studies of Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site, mainly two earthquake sources (areal source and line source) are determined at the seismotectonic map. In Table-1, parameters related with these two sources are given and acceleration-risk values of these sources are calculated. A-1 AREAL SOURCE The center of this areal earthquake source is between Narman and Senkaya districts of Erzurum Province and it is a circular source with abradius of 60 km. It is nearly 27 km below the ground level. The magnitute of strongest earthquake originated from this source is M0=6.8 and the magninute of strongest earthquake that is expected to be originated from this source at the future is M1=7.5. L-1 LINE SOURCE This line earthquake source begins on the North Anatolia Fault Zone between Vezirköprü-Havza (Samsun) and Varto (Muş) and extens through east direction up to Bulanık (Muş). Its length is 610 km. The magnitute of strongest earthquake originated from this source is M0=7.9 and the magninute of strongest earthquake that is expected to be originated from this source at the future is M1=8.5. It is nearly 30 km below the ground level so is exist at the deeper than the areal source. Attenuation Relationship and Deterministic Assessment One of the most significant factor in earthquake risk analyses is the selection of attenuation relationship that defines the correlation of magnitute (M), hypocenter distance (R) and

maximum ground acceleration (A). In calculation of earthquake risk of Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site, Estava attenuation relationship is used. This relationship is widely used in probabilistic methods. Moreover, for deterministic methods, attenuation relationships proposed by some researchers were applied and maximum accelerations generated by the strong earthquakes at the region were calculated directly (Table-2) . ATTENUATION RELATIONSHIP Date and Magnitude of Earthquake

Distance to Project Site

Oliveir A

Mc.Guir E

Rosen Bluet H

Katayam A

Instrumental Relationship

Average

Maximum Horizontal Acceleration (cm/s2) 26.12.1939 Erzincan M=7.9.9

35 km 179 349 192 373 356 290

13.03.1992 Erzincan Uzumlu M=6

60 km 41 119 38 86 106 72

The first earthquake used in deterministic method is Erzincan earthquake occured in 1939 wthi the magnitute of M=7.9. the second earthquake included in deterministic calculations is 1992 Erzincan-Uzumlu earthquake whose epicenter is 60 km from the project site. According to the results of calculations the highest ground acceleration generated in Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site is 373 cm/s2. this value is below the ones calculated from probabilistic method. Design Earthquake MDE, OBE and MCE definitions of ICOLD are given below. Maximum Design Earthquake (MDE) : It is the earthquake selected for design or evaluation of the structure.It will produce maximum level of ground motion for which the dam should be designed. It is often accepted as loading which has a 10% chance of being exceeded in a 50 year period and an annual probability of exceedence of 1 in 475 years. It will be required that at least that the impounding capacity of the dam be maintained when subjected to that seismic load. If any hazard on the dam creates a serious social risk than MDE will be equal to MCE given below. Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) : OBE will produce a evel of ground motion which will cause only minor and acceptable damage at the damsite. The dam, appurtenant structures and equipment should remain functional and damage from the occurance of earthquake shaking not exceeding the OBE should be easily repairable. In other words, OBE will not be exceeded in 100 year period with %50 probability. Return period of such movement is 144 year. Maximum Credible Earthquake (MCE) : The MCE is defined as the largest earthquake which can be expected to occur on a fault in the current tectonic regime. The probability of occurance is not significant since it varies from 100 year to 10.000 year.

Results and Reccomendations Earthquake potential of Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site is determined by probabilistic methods. The results are compared with the findings of deterministic methods. According to Turkish Earthquake Map prepared by T.C. Ministry of Public Works and Settlement, project site remains at 1. Degree Earthquake Zone which defines tha area that has highest earthquake risk. For the determination of earthquake risk of Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site by using probabilistic methods, seismotectonic maps were prepared and two earthquake sources (L-1 line source and A-1 areal source) were included in this map. Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site is located on L-1 line source. L-1 line source is located on Northern Anatolia Fault. This source model was applied for probabilistic determination of earthquake potential of Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site by considering the earthquakes with magnitute greater than 4 that was ocuured beween 1900 and 2003. Earthquake resorces are determined and utilized by the software working based on Poisson probabilistic theory and finally acceeration-risk values are calculated for Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site. Acceleration-risk values calculated for different economic life and exceedence probability are given in Table-1. According to this table, for 50 year economic life, the maximum acceleration is a=876.0 cm/s2 for 5% exceedence probability. At the same table, the maximum acceleration is calculated as a=864. cm/s2 (a=0.88 g) for 10% exceedence in 100 year period. The software uses the attenuation relationship defined by Estava for hard rock conditions. This is suitable for Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site. A wide proability range was considered for easier selection. In deterministic methods, independent of probabilistic methods, calculations are made by using the ground accelerations measured in Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site due to the ancient earthquakes together with attenuation relationship coefficients submitted by some researchers. Highest acceleration value calculated bby deterministic methods is a=373 cm/s2. this value is below the one calculated by probabilistic methods. Finally as a result of the calcualtions and evaluations given above, the following results are obtained for Muratlı Weir and HEPP project site; MDE value: 666 cm/sn2 (0.67 g.) for peak ground acceleration OBEvalue: 339 cm/sn2 (0.34 g.) for peak ground acceleration MCE value: Richter Magnitute M=8.5 of the earthquake shall be considered for this prlect.


APPENDIX-7

WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS RESULTS

WATER ANALYSES REPORT

INFORMATION OF COMPANY Name : Armahes Electricity Generation Co. Adres : Cınar Quarter, Cihat Saran Street, No:17 Kucukyali Maltepe /

Istanbul Phone / Fax : 0 216 518 0305 / 0 216 518 0310 Tax Office / Number : Kucukyali / 079 034 50 29 Application Date : 09.09.2009 Application Number : T-2249-2009-01

SAMPLING INFORMATION

Type of Water Sampled : Surface Water (River) Name of Sample : HEPP Water Number of Samples : 1 Sample Delivery : Cargo / Sealed Amount of Sample and Type of Packing : 12 L Plastic Bottle / 8 L Glass Bottle Delivery Date and Hour : 12.09.2009 / 10.00 Sample Number : AS-120909-02 Start of Analyses : 12.09.2009 End of Analyses : 08.10.2009 Date of Report : 15.10.2009 Number of Report : R-570-2009-01

Water Quality Classes Parameters Analyses Results I II III IV

Analyses Method

A) Physical and Inorganic Chemical Parameters 1) Temperature (oC) 23.10 25 25 30 > 30 SM 2550

B:2005 2) pH 7.20 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.0-9.0 Out of 6.0-

9.0 SM 4500-H

B:2005 3) Dissolved Oxygen (mg O2/L)a

8.50 8 6 3 < 3 SM 4500 O (B,C,D,E,G):

2005 4) Oxygen Saturation (%)a 101.3 % 90 70 40 < 40 SM 4500 O

(B,C,D,E,G): 2005

5 )Chlorie Ion (mg Cl⎯/L) 10.54 25 200 400b > 400 TS EN 10304-

1,2:1997-04 6) Sulphate Ion (mg SO4

=/L) 78.17 200 200 400 > 400 TS EN 10304-

1,2:1997-04 7) Ammonium Nitrogen (mg NH4

+-N/L) < 0.064 0.2c 1c 2c > 2 TS 5868:1998

8) Nitrite Nitrogen (mg NO2⎯-N/L)

< 0.03 0.002 0.01 0.05 > 0.05 TS EN 10304-

1,2:1997-04 9) Nitrate Nitrogen (mg NO3⎯-N/L)

0.570 5 10 20 > 20 TS EN 10304-

1,2:19540 C:200597-04

10) Total Nitrogen (mg P/L) < 0.03 0.02 0.16 0.65 > 0.65 SM 4500-P(B,E):2005

11) Total Dissolved Matter (mg/L)

205 500 1500 5000 > 5000 SM 2540 C:2005

12) Color (Pt-Co birimi) 7 5 50 300 > 300 SM 2120 B,C:2005

13) Sodium (mg Na+/L) 1.23 125 125 250 > 250 SM 3111 B:2005

B) Organic Matter 1) Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) (mg/L)

64.80 25 50 70 > 70 SM5220 B:2005

2) Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) (mg/L)

18.90 4 8 20 > 20 SM 5210 B:2005

3) Total organic carbon (mg/L)

1.90 5 8 12 > 12 DIN EN 12457-4 EN 1484 (1997)

4) Total kjeldahl-nitrogen (mg/L)

2.24 0.5 1.5 5 > 5 TS 7924 EN 2566 :1997

5) Oil and grease (mg/L) 13.60 0.02 0.3 0.5 > 0.5 SM 5220 B:2005

6) Surface active materials (MBAS) (mg/L)

< 0.25 0.05 0.2 1 > 1.5 SM 5540 C:2005

7) Phenolic matter (volatile) (mg/L)

< 0.002 0.002 0.01 0.1 > 0.1 SM 5330 A,:2005

8) Mineral oil and derivatives (mg/L)

0.1 0.02 0.1 0.5 > 0.5 SM 5220 D:2005

C) Inorganic Pollution Parameters 1) Mercury (μg Hg/L) <1 0.1 0.5 2 > 2 SM 3112

B:2005 2) Cadmium (μg Cd/L) < 0.5 3 5 10 > 10 SM 3113

B:2005 3) Lead (μg Pb/L) < 10 10 20 50 > 50 SM 3113

B:2005 4) Arsenic (μg As/L) < 5 20 50 100 > 100 SM 3113

B:2005 5) Copepr (μg Cu/L) < 100 20 50 200 > 200 SM 3113

B:2005 6) Chromium (toplam) (μg Cr/L)

< 50 20 50 200 > 200 SM 3111 B:2005

7) Chromium (μg Cr+6/L) < 50 Can not be measured 20 50 > 50 SM 3500 Cr

B:2005 8) Cobalt (μg Co/L) < 10 10 20 200 > 200 SM 3113

B:2005 9) Nickel (μg Ni/L) 12 20 50 200 > 200 SM 3113

B:2005 10) Zinc (μg Zn/L) < 50 200 500 2000 > 2000 SM 3111

B:2005 11) Chyanide (toplam) (μg CN/L)

< 20 10 50 100 > 100 SM 4500-CN-

C,D,E:2005 12) Floride (μg F⎯/L) 177.7 1000 1500 2000 > 2000 TS EN

10304-1,2:1997-04

13) Free Chlorine (μg Cl2/L) < 30 10 10 50 > 50 SM 4500 Cl G:2005

14) Sulfur (μg S=/L) 3140 2 2 10 > 10 SM 4500 S-2 F:2005

15) Iron (μg Fe/L) 1400 300 1000 5000 > 5000 SM 3111 B:2005

16) Manganese (μg Mn/L) < 100 100 500 3000 > 3000 SM 3111 B:2005

17) Boron (μg B/L) < 1000 1000e 1000e 1000e > 1000 SM 4500-B,C:2005

18) Selenium (μg Se/L) < 20 10 10 20 > 20 SM 3113 B:2005

19) Bariuum (μg Ba/L) 115 1000 2000 2000 > 2000 SM 3113 B:2005

20) Aluminum (mg Al/L) 1.64 0.3 0.3 1 > 1 SM 3111 B:2005

D) Bacteriologic Parameters 1) Fecal coliform (MPN/100 mL)

< 1 10 200 2000 > 2000 SM 9222 D:2005

2) TotaL coliorm (MPN/100 mL)

< 1 100 20000 100000 > 100000 SM 9222 B:2005


APPENDIX-8

INSTITUTIONS’ OPINIONS


APPENDIX-9

STAND MAP

POWER PLANT

TRANSMISSION CHANNEL- 2

TRANSMISSION CHANNEL - 1

WATER INTAKE STRUCTURE

ROAD

ROAD

ROAD

ROAD

TRANSMISSION TUNNEL - 2

TRANSMISSION TUNNEL 1

APPROACH TUNNEL

GIRESUN PROVINCE CAMOLUK DISTRICT SARPKAYA VILLAGE

SIVAS PROVINCE GOLOVA DISTRICT YAYLACAYI VILLAGE

STORAGE AREA

PENSTOCK

FOREBAY

RESERVOIR LAKE

LABOUR CAMPCONCRETE PLANT

SEDIMANTATION POND


EK-10

MAP OF HUNTING AREAS


APPENDIX-11

FLORA INVENTORY

REGIONAL FLORA INVENTORY

The flora inventory is prepared in the light of the site surveys and literature studies. The reference named “Flora of Turkey and the East Aegean Islands, Volume 1-10, 1965-1988” of P. H. Davis is utilized in the determination of species. This book is also the reference for the authors of the taxa stated in the list. The regional flora list is prepared in alphabetic order. The habitat, flora zone, endemism and relative abundance of species as well as risk classes existing in Red Data Book of Turkey are mentioned in the list. The scale and abbreviations stated in the list are defined below. The floral inventory list of Project Site and its vicinity is presented in Table 1. This table displays common name, distribuion over Turkey, phytogeographic origin and and habitat of the specie as well as scientific names. Abbreviations and symbols used in Table 1 is as follows: Habitat 1 – Agricultural reas 2 – Dry grasslands, road sides, cleared areas

3 – Forests 4 – Bushes 5 – Wetlands Distriution in Turkey N : North S : South E : East W : West C : Center Whole Turkey Relative Abundance Classes The numbers given indicate the frequency of occurence of species and based on observation.

1 – Very rare 2 – Rare 3 – Medium degree abundant 4 – Abundant 5 – Very abundant

Endemism (End.) (+) sign indicates that species is endemic. Risk Classes according to IUCN (2009.1)

Red Data Book of Turkey has been classified the endemic and rare species according to Red List Categories published by IUCN in 1994. Explanation of these caterories are given below:

EW : “Extinct in the wild” A taxon is Extinct in the wild when it is known only to survive in

cultivation, in captivity or as a naturalised population (or populations) well outside the past range.

CR : “Critically Endangered” A taxon is Critically Endangered when it is facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild in the immediate future.

EN : “Endangered” A taxon is Endangered when it is not Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild in the near future.

VU : “Vulnerable” A taxon is vulnerable when it is not critically endangered. LR : “Lower risk” A taxon is Lower Risk when it has been evaluated, does not satisfy

the criteria for any of the categories Critically Endangered, Endangered or Vulnerable. Taxa included in the Lower Risk category can be separated into two subcategories:

(cd) :”Conservation Dependent” Taxa which are the focus of a continuing taxon-

or habitat-specific conservation program targeted towards the taxon in question, the cessation of which would result in the taxon qualifying for one of the threatened categories above within a period of five years.

(nt) :“Near Threatened” Taxa which do not qualify for Conservation Dependent, but which are close to qualifying for Vulnerable.

(lc) :“Least Concern” A taxon is Least Concern when it has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically Endangered, Endangered, Vulnerable or Near Threatened.

CITES : Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and

Flora

Appendix I: It includes species threatened with extinction. Trade in specimens of these species is permitted only in exceptional circumstances. This may be issued only if the specimen is not to be used for primarily commercial purposes and if the import will be for purposes that are not detrimental to the survival of the species. An export permit or re-export certificate issued by the Management Authority of the State of export or re-export is also required. Appendix II: It includes species not necessarily threatened with extinction, but in which trade must be controlled in order to avoid utilization incompatible with their survival. An export permit or re-export certificate issued by the Management Authority of the State of export or re-export is required. An export permit may be issued only if the specimen was legally obtained and if the export will not be detrimental to the survival of the species. A re-export certificate may be issued only if the specimen was imported in accordance with the Convention.

In the case of a live animal or plant, it must be prepared and shipped to minimize any risk of injury, damage to health or cruel treatment. No import permit is needed unless required by national law. BERN CONVENTION [Convention on the Conservation of European Wildlife and Natural Habitats] Appendix I: Protected Flora Species PHYTOGEOGRAPHICAL REGIONS OF TURKEY [Davis P.H., Harper P.C. and Hege I.C. (eds.), 1971. Plant Life of South-West Asia. The Botanical Society of Edinburg]

EUR.-SIB.(EUX): European-Siberian Region( sub-region); Col.: Kolsik secture of Oksin sub-region MED.: Mediterranaen Region (Eastern Mediterranaen sub-region); W.A: Western Anatolian Region; T.: Taurus Region; A.:Amanus Region IR.-TUR.: Iran-Turanien Region; C.A.: Central Anatolia Region; E.A.: Eastern Anatolian Region (Mes: Mezsopotamia) X: Most probably Central European/Balkan sub-region of European-Siberian Region (mt): Mountain

Table 1. Regional Flora Inventory HABITAT

SCIENTIFIC NAME IUCN

2009.1 BERN CITES ENDEMISM

1 2 3 4 5 DISTRIBUTION IN

TURKEY PHYTOGEOGRAPHICAL REGIONS

RELATIVE ABUNDANCY

Aceraceae

Acer campestre subsp. campestre - - - - + + W, N, C Anatolia Eur.-Sib. 1

Anacardiaceae

Pistacia terebinthus subsp. palaestina

- - - - + W, E and S

Anatolia Med 2

Apiaceae

Bupleurum boissieri - - - - + + N and S Anatolia - 2

Echinophora tenuifolia subsp. sibthorpiana

- - - - + + Whole Turkey

(NE is excluded) Ir-Tur 2

Eryngium bithynicum - - - + + C, N and S

Anatolia Ir-Tur 3

Falcaria vulgaris - - - - + + Anatolia - 2

Johrenia tortuosa - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Malabaila secacul - - - - + N, S and E Anatolia - 3

Araceae

Arum detruncatum var. detruncatum

- - - - + + Terrestrial Anatolia - 2

Asteraceae

Anthemis tinctoria var. tinctoria - - - - + + + Whole Turkey - 3

Asteriscus aquaticus - - - - + + Whole Turkey Med 3

Bombycilaena discolor - - - - + Outer Anatolia Med 3

Centaurea salicifolia subsp. salicifolia

- - - - + N. Anatolia Blacksea 2

Centaurea thracica - - - - + N. and C Anatolia - 3

Centaurea urvillei subsp. urvillei - - - - + + Outer Anatolia Med 3

Centaurea virgata - - - - + C, NW and E

Anatolia Ir-Tur 2

Cirsium canum - - - - + Whole Turkey Eur-Sib 1

Echinops viscosus subsp. - - - - + + + Outer Anatolia - 2

HABITAT SCIENTIFIC NAME

IUCN 2009.1

BERN CITES ENDEMISM 1 2 3 4 5

DISTRIBUTION IN TURKEY

PHYTOGEOGRAPHICAL REGIONS

RELATIVE ABUNDANCY

Bithynicus

Filago pyramidata - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Inula germanica - - - - + + Whole Turkey Eur-Sib 3

Rhagadiolus angulosus - - - - + + C, S and SE

Anatolia Ir-Tur 2

Solidago virgaurea subsp. virgaurea

- - - - + Whole Turkey Eur-Sib 3

Tanacetum poteriifolium - - - - + + N, C and S

Anatolia Blacksea 4

Taraxacum buttleri - - - - + + Outer Anatolia - 3

Berberidaceae

Epimedium pubigerum - - - - + N. Anatolia Blacksea 3

Betulaceae

Alnus glutinosa subsp. glutinosa - - - - + + NW Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Alnus glutinosa subsp. barbata - - - - + + NE Anatolia Blacksea 3

Boraginaceae

Alkanna orientalis var. orientalis - - - - + NW and SE

Anatolia Ir-Tur 2

Heliotropium suaveolens - - - - + + N, W and C

Anatolia E. Med 3

Lithospermum officinale - - - - + N, SW Anatolia Eur-Sib 3

Lithospermum purpurocaeruleum - - - - + + N. S Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Brassicaceae

Alliaria petiolata - - - - + Whole Turkey - 3

Alyssum alyssoides - - - - + NW, N, SE Anatolia - 2

Alyssum dasycarpum - - - - + + NW, N, SE Anatolia - 3

Alyssum desertorum var. desertorum

- - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Alyssum linifolium var. linifolium - - - - + S, C and E Anatolia - 2


IUCN 2009.1




RELATIVE ABUNDANCY

Alyssum minus var. minus - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Alyssum sibiricum - - - - + + N, W, C Anatolia - 3

Cardamine hirsuta - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Cardamine quinquefolia - - - - + + N Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Clypeola jonthlaspi - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Eruca sativa - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Neslia apiculata - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Sisymbrium orientale - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Campanulaceae

Asyneuma limonifolium subsp. limonifolium

- - - - + + NW, C, S Anatolia - 2

Capparaceae

Capparis ovata var. herbacea - - - - + N, C, E Anatolia - 2

Caprifoliaceae

Viburnum opulus - - - - + N, C, S Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Caryophyllaceae

Minuartia intermedia - - - - + N. Anatolia - 2

Chenopodiaceae

Atriplex rosea - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 2

Corylaceae

Carpinus orientalis - - - - + N and S Anatolia - 2

Corylus avellana var. avellana - - - + Whole Turkey Eur-Sib 3

Ostrya carpinifolia - - - - + + N and S Anatolia Med 2

Cupressaceae

Juniperus excelsa LR/lc - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Cyperaceae

Carex divulsa subsp. divulsa - - - - + + + Thrace, Outer and

SE Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Carex halleriana - - - - + + + N, C and S Med 3


IUCN 2009.1




RELATIVE ABUNDANCY

Anatolia

Dipsacaceae

Dipsacus laciniatus - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 2

Scabiosa columbaria subsp. columbaria var. columbaria

- - - - + N Anatolia - 3

Euphorbiaceae

Euphorbia aleppica - - - - + + + Whole Turkey - 2

Euphorbia falcata subsp. falcata var. falcata

- - - - + + Whole Turkey - 2

Euphorbia microsphaera - - - - + + + S and Terrestrial

Anatolia Ir-Tur 3

Euphorbia rigida - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Fabaceae

Alhagi pseudalhagi - - - - + + Outer Anatolia Ir-Tur 3

Cicer pinnatifidum - - - - + + S and Terrestrial

Anatolia - 2

Coronilla orientalis var. orientalis - - - - + N, C and E

Anatolia - 3

Dorycnium pentaphyllum subsp. herbaceum

- - - - + NW, N and W

Anatolia - 2

Glycyrrhiza echinata - - - - + Whole Turkey D. Med 2

Hippocrepis ciliata - - - - + Thrace and S.

Anatolia Med 3

Hippocrepis multisiliquosa - - - - + Whole Turkey Med 3

Lathyrus aphaca var. aphaca - - - - + NW Anatolia - 2

Lathyrus inconspicuus - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Lathyrus saxatilis - - - - + Whole Turkey Med 3

Trifolium hybridum var. hybridum - - - - + NW, W, E Anatolia - 2

Vicia galeata - - - - + S and C Anatolia - 1

Vicia narbonensis var. - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2


IUCN 2009.1




RELATIVE ABUNDANCY

Narbonensis

Vicia peregrina - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Vicia sativa subsp. sativa - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Fagaceae

Fagus orientalis - - - - + N, W, S Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Quercus coccifera - - - - + N, W, S Anatolia Med 2

Quercus infectoria subsp. İnfectoria

- - - - + + N Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Quercus infectoria subsp. boissieri - - - - + Outer Anatolia - 1

Quercus petraea subsp. petraea - - - - + NW Anatolia - 2

Quercus petraea subsp. iberica - - - - + Thrace, N and C

Anatolia - 2

Geraniaceae

Geranium rotundifolium - - - - + Whole Turkey - 3

Guttiferae

Hypericum aviculariifolium subsp. aviculariifolium var. aviculariifolium

- - - - + W and S Anatolia E. Med 3

Hypericum origanifolium - - - - + W, C, S Anatolia - 3

Hypericum triquetrifolium - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 2

Illecebraceae

Herniaria hirsuta - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Iridaceae

Iris orientalis - - - - + W, C, S Anatolia E Med 2

Juglandaceae

Juglans regia - - - - + + NE and E Anatolia - 2

Juncaceae

Juncus compressus - - - - + Whole Turkey Eur-Sib 2

Lamiaceae

Ballota nigra subsp. nigra - - - - + N Anatolia Eur-Sib 2


IUCN 2009.1




RELATIVE ABUNDANCY

Lamium purpureum var. purpureum

- - - - + + + N Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Mentha spicata subsp. spicata - - - - + N, W Anatolia - 3

Phlomis pungens var. pungens - - - - + + + Whole Turkey - 2

Salvia bracteata - - - - + + + Whole Turkey Ir-Tur 2

Salvia virgata - - - - + + + Whole Turkey Ir-Tur 3

Satureja spicigera - - - - + N Anatolia Blacksea 3

Sideritis germanicopolitana subsp. germanicopolitana

- - - + + N and C Anatolia - 3

Sideritis montana subsp. montana - - - - + + + + Whole Turkey Med 2

Teucrium scordium subsp. scordium

- - - - + + + SW Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Thymbra spicata var. spicata - - - - + SE Anatolia Med 2

Ziziphora taurica subsp. taurica - - - - + Terrestrial Anatolia Ir-Tur 3

Liliaceae

Asparagus verticillatus - - - - + + Terrestrial and N

Anatolia - 2

Asphodeline damascena subsp. damescena

- - - - + + Terrestrial Anatolia Ir-Tur 3

Colchicum falcifolium - - - - + NE, SE Anatolia Ir-Tur 2

Malvaceae

Althaea hirsuta - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Oleaceae

Phillyrea latifolia - - - - + Outer Anatolia Med 3

Onagraceae

Epilobium parviflorum - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Orchidaceae

Cephalanthera rubra - - + - + + Whole Turkey - 2

Epipactis palustris - - - - + N, E Anatolia Eur-Sib 1


IUCN 2009.1




RELATIVE ABUNDANCY

Orchis morio subsp. morio - - + - + N and W Anatolia - 1

Orchis morio subsp. picta - - + - + + N, W, S Anatolia Med 2

Orchis morio subsp. syriaca - - - - + + S Anatolia Med 2

Orchis punctulata - - + - + + Outer Anatolia Med 3

Papaveraceae

Chelidonium majus - - - - + + N Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Hypecoum imberbe - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 2

Papaver argemone subsp. argemone

- - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Papaver dubium - - - - + + N Anatolia - 2

Plantaginaceae

Plantago major subsp. major - - - - + N Anatolia - 2

Platanaceae

Platanus orientalis LR/lc - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Poaceae

Alopecurus myosuroides var. myosuroides

- - - - + + + Whole Turkey Eur-Sib 3

Arrhenatherum elatius subsp. elatius

- - - - + NW, W, S Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Festuca heteropphylla - - - - + + N Anatolia Eur-Sib 3

Glyceria plicata - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Koeleria cristata - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Lolium perenne - - - - + Terrestrial Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Melica uniflora - - - - + + N, NW, S Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Piptatherum holciforme subsp. holciforme var. holciforme

- - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Rostraria cristata var. cristata - - - - + + Whole Turkey - 3

Stipa bromoides - - - - + + Thrace, C outer SE Med 2


IUCN 2009.1




RELATIVE ABUNDANCY

Anatolia

Triticum baeoticum subsp. baeoticum

- - - - + + NW and Terrestrial

Anatolia - 3

Polygalaceae

Polygala pruinosa subsp. pruinosa - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Polygonaceae

Polygonum persicaria - - - - + N, C, S Anatolia - 3

Ranunculaceae

Helleborus orientalis - - - - + + N Anatolia Blacksea 2

Nigella segetalis - - - - + + C, E Anatolia - 3

Ranunculus constantinopolitanus - - - - + Whole Turkey - 2

Rosaceae

Potentilla erecta - - - - + N Anatolia - 2

Prunus divaricata subsp. divaricata - - - - + Whole Turkey - 3

Pyracantha coccinea - - - - + + N, C, S Anatolia - 2

Rubiaceae

Crucianella angustifolia - - - - + + N, W Anatolia Med 3

Galium rivale - - - - + + W. and SW

Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Galium setaceum - - - - + W, S, E Anatolia - 2

Galium verticillatum - - - - N ve S Anatolia Med 3

Putoria calabrica - - - - + C ve S Anatolia Med 2

Santalaceae

Thesium bergeri - - - - + + Thrace, Outer

Anatolia Med 3

Scrophulariaceae

Scrophularia umbrosa - - - - + + Outer Anatolia Eur-Sib 2

Verbascum pyramidatum - - - - + + N Anatolia Blacksea 3


IUCN 2009.1




RELATIVE ABUNDANCY

Verbascum tossiense - - - + + N and C Anatolia Ir-Tur 2

Veronica anagallis-aquatica subsp. anagallis-aquatica

- - - - + Whole Turkey - 3

Violaceae

Viola alba subsp. dehnhardtii - - - - + Outer Anatolia - 2

Viola kitaibeliana - - - - + Outer Anatolia - 2


APPENDIX-12

FAUNA INVENTORY

REGIONAL FAUNA INVENTORY

The fauna inventory is prepared based on a comprehensive literature review and observations of the local residents as well as the site surveys. Scientific names, habitat, population density, status according to Bern Convention and endemism status of each specie is stated clearly. Faunal inventory includes amphibies as well as other species. Kiziroglu (1993) is used for the birds under risk. IUCN (2006) and Demirsoy (1996) is the are the fererences fauna species. The scale for the risk class areas follows. BERN Convention and Annexes According to the “BERN Convention” (Convention on the Conservation of European Wildlife and Natural Habitats); Appendix II: has the list of species, protection of which are obligatory. Each contracting party shall take the required legal and administrative measures. The following actions will especially be forbidden regarding the species listed.

a. all forms of deliberate capture and keeping and deliberate killing; b. the deliberate damage to or destruction of breeding or resting sites; c. the deliberate disturbance of wild fauna, particularly during the period of breeding,

rearing and hibernation, insofar as disturbance would be significant in relation to the objectives of this Convention;

d. the deliberate destruction or taking of eggs from the wild or keeping these eggs even if empty;

e. the possession of and internal trade in these animals, alive or dead, including stuffed animals and any readily recognizable part or derivative thereof, where this would contribute to the effectiveness of the provisions of this article.

Appendix III: contains the list of the faunal species under protection. Each contracting party is responsible with taking the required legal and administrative measures to ensure the protection the faunal species mentioned in Appendix III. Abuse of the wild faunal species in Appendix II will be arranged in order to keep populations away from danger considering the conditions asserted in the Article 2. Measures regarding this will include the following: a) Closed seasons and / or other procedures related to abuse; b) Temporary or local prohibition of abuse in a reasonable scale in order to protect the population; c) arrangement on the issues of selling alive or dead animals, keeping them to sell later, transporting them to sell or giving proposal to sell them.

“IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2009.1” risk classes are;

• EXTINCT (EX) • EXTINCT IN THE WILD (EW) • CRITICALLY ENDANGERED (CR) • ENDANGERED (EN) • VULNERABLE (VU) • NEAR THREATENED (NT) • LEAST CONCERN (LC) • DATA DEFICIENT (DD) • NOT EVALUATED (NE)

According to the decision of the Central Hunting Commission in Hunting Term of 2009-2010, Species listed in Appendix-I are protected by the MoEF. Species listed in Appendix-II are protected by the Central Hunting Commission. Appendix-III includes the game animals whose hunting is allowed for certain terms determined by the Central Hunting Commission. Risk Classes for the Birds Used by Kiziroglu (1993): A1 : Extinct or have endanger of being extinct A1.1 : Extinct species A1.2 : Species whose population is between 1-25 pairs in entire country A2 : Species whose population is between 26-50 pairs in entire country and under the risk of extinction. A3 : Species whose population is between 51-200 (500) pairs in entire country and can be endangered in near future A4 : Species high in population in entire country, but getting extincted in some particular regions B : The species coming to Turkey tempoarily and those will be in risk by the loss of the biotops B1 : Species that use Anatolia as sheltered place but they do not reproduce in Turkey B2-B3 : They pass from Anatolia as transit region, they use Anatolia as shelter and these species have lower risk of extiction

Table 1 Amphibia

SCIENTIFIC NAME

IUCN 2009.1 BERN SOURCE HABITAT OBSERVATION

STATION ANURA

Bufonidae

Bufo viridis LC App-II S Stone bottoms, various cavity of internal soil -

Bufo bufo LC App-II S Stone bottoms, various cavity of internal soil -

Pelobatidae

Pelobates syriacus LC App-II R

Soft and loose soil bottoms that are not far

from temporary and permanent water in the shape of pond or pool

-

Hylidae

Hyla arborea LC App-II R On trees and fallen leaves -

Ranidae

Rana ridibunda LC App-II R Deciduous forests and wet meadows -

Rana dalmatina

URODELA

Salamandridae

Triturus karelinii LC App-II R Forested and open stony areas near water -

Triturus vulgaris LC App-III R In forest and stony areas

that are damp and close to water

-

Triturus vittatus LC App-III R Forested and open stony areas near water -

Table 2 Fish (Pisces)

SCIENTIFIC NAME HABITAT BERN IUCN 2009.1 SOURCE ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE

OSTEICHTHYES TELEOSTEİ

Cyprinidae

Cyprinus carpio In muddy bottemed , slow flowing with abundant vegetation water - DD O 1

Alburnoides bipunctatus Bright , clean and moving water and on gravel floor App-III LR/lc O 2

Vimba vimba Muddy floors - - O 2

Scardinius erithrophtalmus In clement with little depth and abundant vegetation water - - O 1

Leuciscus cephalus In clean and fast flowing water - LR/lc O 1

Gobio gobio In rivers that are sandy and gravelly floored and fast flowing - LR/lc R 2

Capoeta capoeta sieboldi Clean and fast flowing water - R 1

Cobitidae

Nemacheilus angorae In clean and cool slow flowing water with sandy and gravelly soil - DD R 2

Esocidae

Esox lucius In plenty of oxygen and clean water - - O 1

Siluridae

Silurus glanis It lives motionless at the bottom in slow flowing rivers and lakes. App-III LR/lc R 1

Economic Importance 1. There is economic importance. 2. There is no economic importance.

Table 3 Reptiles (Reptilia)

SCIENTIFIC NAME IUCN

2009.1 BERN MAK 2009-2010 SOURCE HABITAT

TESTUDINIDAE

Testudo graeca VU App-II App-I O On usually dry, stony and sandy terrain between orchard-garden

LACERTIDAE

Lacerta viridis LC App-II App-I R In places that are close to water,forests and wooded areas, stream

edges,bushes and meadows

Lacerta mixta - App-III App-I S On high plains, steppes ,in the bushes ,on rocky and stony areas and

waterfronts

TYPHLOPIDAE

Typhlops vermicularis - App-III App-I R In soft soil and stone bottms

ANGUINIDAE

Anguis fragilis - App-III App -I R In places where short plants are, in meadows, in forested areas, under stones

or in soft soil

COLUBRIDAE

Elaphe longissima - App -II App-I R In stony fields of forest and bush places

Elaphe quatuorlineata - App-II App-I R In places that are stony and with bushes in non-thick forested locations,fields

and gardens

Elaphe situla LC App-II App-I R In bushes, stony areas ,fields and gardens

Natrix natrix LR/c App-III App-I R Usually in shores of river and lake

Natrix tessellata - App-II App-I R Usually in the water and in shores of river and lake

Malpolon monspessulanus

- App-III App-I R Stony fields , bush places and fields that are sparse in vegetation

Eirenis modestus - App-III App-I R Stony fields , bush places and open areas that are sparse in vegetation Source S: Survey O: Observation R:Resource

Table 4 Birds (Aves)

SCIENTIFIC NAME FI FD RDB IUCN 2009.1 END. BERN AVL SOURCE CICONIIDAE Ciconia ciconia 3 A3 LC - App II KK O ARDEIDAE Egretta garzetta 1 A3 LC - App-II KK L Egretta alba 1 A3 LC - App-II KK L PHASIANIDAE Coturnix coturnix 2 A4 LC - App III BZ L Alectoris chukar 1 3 - LC - App III BZ L Tetrao mlokosiewiczi 1 A1.2 DD - App-III - L RALLIDAE Porzana porzana 1 A4 LC - App II KK O Vanellus vanellus 2 A4 LC - App II KK O Gallinago gallinago 1 1 - LC - App III KK S COLUMBIDAE Columba livia 3 3 - LC - App II BZ O Columba palumbus 3 3 A4 LC - App II KK O CUCULIDAE Cuculus canorus 2 A3 LC - App II KK O STRIGIDAE Athene noctua 2 A3 LC - App II KK O Strix aluco 1 A3 LC - App-II KK L APODIDAE Apus apus 3 3 A4 LC - App II KK O UPUPIDAE Upupo epops 2 A2 LC - App II KK L ALAUDIDAE Galerida cristata 3 - LC - App II KK O HIRUNDINIDAE Hirundo rustica 1 2 - LC - App II KK O Delichon urbica 3 A4 - - App II KK O MOTACILLIDAE Anthus campestris 1 3 A3 LC - App II KK O Anthus trivialis 1 3 A3 LC - App-II KK L Motacilla alba 2 A4 LC - App III KK L TURDIDAE Erithacus rubecula 2 - LC - App II KK H Luscinia megarhynchos 2 A3 LC - App II KK L Phoenicurus ochruros 2 - LC - App II KK L

SCIENTIFIC NAME FI FD RDB IUCN 2009.1 END. BERN AVL SOURCE Phoenicurus phoenicurus 2 - LC - App II KK O Saxicola rubetra 1 3 - LC - App II KK O Oenanthe oenanthe 2 3 A3 LC - App II KK O Turdus merula 2 - LC - App II KK O SYLVIIDAE Sylvia communis 3 - LC - App II KK L Sylvia atricapilla 1 - LC - App III KK L LANIIDAE Lanius collurio 3 - LC - App II KK O Lanius minor 1 2 - LC - App II KK O CORVIDAE Garrulus glandarius 3 - LC - App-III KK O Pica pica 2 3 - LC - App-III BZ Corvus monedula 3 3 - LC - App-III BZ O Corvus frugilegus 3 3 - LC - App-III BZ O Corvus corone 2 3 - LC - App-III BZ O Corvus corax 2 - LC - App III BZ S STURNIDAE Sturnus vulgaris 3 3 - LC - App-III BZ O PASSERIDAE Passer domesticus 3 3 - LC - App-III BZ O FRINGILLIDAE Fringilla coelebs 2 - LC - App III KK L Carduelis carduelis 2 A4 LC - App II KK L Carduelis cannabina 2 A4 LC - App-II KK O Loxia curvirostra 2 A4 LC - App-II KK L

EMBERIZIDAE

Emberiza hortulana 2 A3 LC - App II KK L

Emberiza melanocephala 2 2 A3 LC - App II KK O

Emberiza calandra 2 3 - LC - App III KK O

FI population density of operational area and its surrounding FD population density of operational area and its surrounding outer (1: Low, 2: Medium , 3: High) IUCN 2007 Red List of Globally Threatened Species AVL Central Hunting Commission decision 2007-2008 END Endemic RDB Kiziroglu (1993) Risk Classes

Source : S survey (the information received from local people) O observation H habitat suitability L literature

Table 5 Mammals (Mammalia)

SCIENTIFIC NAME IUCN 2009.1 BERN MAK 2009-2010 HABITAT SOURCE

Erinaceidae Erinaceus concolor LR/lc App-III App-I In the fields of forest, shrub and bushes O Hystricidae Hystrix indica LR/lc App-II App-I In the fields of forest, shrub and bushes L Vespertilionidae Pipistrellus pipistrellus LC App-III - Forests and rocky slopes O Gliridae Glis (Myoxus) glis LR/nt App-III App-I Forests and bushy places S Muscardinus avellanarius LR/nt App-III App-I Ruins, forests and gardens S Muridae Apodemus flaicollis - - - Forested areas L Rattus norvegicus - - - “ L

Rattus rattus - - - The areas near river and ponds L

Canidae Canis aureus LC - App-III Forested areas S

Canis lupus LC App-II App-I (Av turizmi hariç) Forested areas, scrub and shrubs S

Vulpes vulpes LC - App-III All appropriate habitats S

Felidae Felis slvestris LC App-II App-I S Leporidae Lepus capensis LR/lc App-III App-III All kinds of habitats L Lepus europapeus LR/lc App-III App-III All kinds of habitats L Mustelidae Martes foina LR/lc App-III App-III Forest areas near wetlands L Meles meles LR/lc App-III App-II “ L Spalacidae Spalax leucodon LR/lc - - Pasture, agricultural fields and meadows L Cervidae

Capreolus capreolus LR/lc App-III App-I (Av turizmi hariç)

Forests and rocky slopes S

Suidae

Sus scrofa LR/lc App-III App-III Leafy and mixed forests,in marshes with abundant vegetation

S


APPENDIX-13

PLANS AND CROSS SECTIONS BELONGING TO UNIT LOCATIONS


APPENDIX-14

CLARIFICATIONS ON THE SUBJECTS DISCUSSED IN MURATLI HEPP PROJECT

PUBLIC CONSULTATION MEETING

1

CLARIFICATIONS ON THE SUBJECTS DISCUSSED

IN MURATLI HES PROJECT PUBLIC CONSULTATION MEETING

“Public Consultation Meetings” was held in order to ensure public participation to the EIA process ,to inform about the activities, to receive their comments and suggestions on August 11,2009 in Yaylaçayı Village of Gölova District of Sivas Province and on August 12, 2009 in Sarpkaya Village of Çamoluk District of Giresun Province with regard to Muratlı Weir and HEPP Project and in accordance with Article 9 of EIA Regulation.

“Public Consultation Meeting” was called before the preparation of the EIA Report. Therefore, in order to inform the local people about the last situation of the EIA and EMP, the copies of each documents will be disclosed at the construction site, and public will be able to access these documents at anytime they wish. In addition, copies of EIA and EMP will be presented at the offices of Yaylacayi and Sarpkaya Village Heads.

• Temel Düşmez : There is no detailed information given for the project. Are we going to be benefited from the water during the operation of the project?

• Explanation : The start and end elevation points of the Project is determined by the Feasibility Report of Project approved by Public Waterworks Administration (DSİ). The Absolute Projects are prepared after the signing of The Water Usage Agreements in framework of Approved Survey. For the required land of private owners necessary for proper construction of the projects; “Public Benefit Decision” is taken from Energy Market Regulatory Authority under the request of EPDK Expropriation Head Office. The evaluation of the entitled parties and values of the land is achieved by the cases opened in the Local Civil Court of First Instance by the intervention of the Authority lawyers. Construction permission is given to lands which are expropriated under “urgent expropriation decision”. The Interpretation to the public about the expropriation is done in this stage by the court delegation and expert group.

In order to inform about details of the project, the copies of the last versions of the EIA and EMP will be disclosed at the offices of Yaylacayi and Sarpkaya Village Heads and public will be able to access these documents at anytime they wish.

During the operation period of the project, the amount of environmental water necessary to sustain the ecological life is calculated according to Public Waterworks Administration standards and found as 2.73 m3/sec. This amount of water will be released throughout the operation period.

2

• Salih Anakaya : Are there any risks of radiation or landslide concerning the power plant?

• Explanation : There is no radiation risk as the project is going to be built as hydroelectric power plant. Necessary ground studies are made on the land of construction. The project is designed not to involve any construction on lands having potential to land sliding.

• İsmail ANAKAYA : There is land sliding risk for the whole village. The tunnels are very close to houses and will damage the buildings. Additionally the irrigational agricultural lands will be destructed.

• Explanation : There is no constructed project in the village part under landslide risk. Detailed soil investigation studies were conducted before the final design of the project and the location of the construction sites were determined according to the results of soil investigation studies. It is determined that the area under the landslide risk is situated on the east of the village. Locating any project unit on the areas under landslide risk is avoided. The excavation elevation level of the tunnel is 966 m. On the other hand the average elevation level of the land where the tunnel is going through is 1005 m. Approximately 40 m. ground thickness is present above the tunnel. The nearest residential area is 100 m. away from the tunnel. The excavation of the tunnel will be done by excavators according to the plan. That’s why there will be no damage concerning the buildings during excavation and operation phases of project.

There is only one house which was damaged during the excavation of open channel and it is located at the west side of the village which is far from the area under the landslide risk. The house was weakly constructed and has shallow foundation. During the excavation, cracking was occurred on the walls of the building and it was demolished under the controlled conditions. One new house will be constructed for the damaged house.

• Sabri Düşmez : Our buildings must be under warranty against damage for the period of tunnel construction.

• Explanation : All Risk insurance for account of third parties is made for the whole project. If there is any damage it will be compensated under this insurance. The Insurance Policy is submitted to Development Bank of Turkey.

• Süleyman DARTEPE : There are four houses in the area of the channel and 10-13 thousand TL is paid for each house. He refuses to take money but instead wants the reconstruction of houses.

• Explanation : Expropriation Values are determined by Local Civil Court of First Instance This value can only by taken by entitled person. However, the construction firm has signed contracts with the five entitled people to build

3

residents on the area where they want and the contracts are submitted to Development Bank of Turkey.

The locations of the expropriated and damaged houses are shown on the map given in Appendix-1. One new house will be constructed for Fatma Dartepe who is the owner of Expropriated House No.1 and one new house will be construced for Fatma Sabuncu who is the owner of Damaged House. In addition, three new houses will be constructed for Behiye Horuz, the owner of Expropriated House No. 2, since three families are accommodating in existing building. All new houses will be constructed on the areas belonging to the owner of the houses to be replaced. Instead of one, three houses will be contstructed for Horuzs. The location of the new houses will be determined by their owners. The construction activities of the new houses will be initiated on April, 2010.

• Azimet Sabuncu : States that 13 thousand TL valued house does not compensate her grievance. Addition to that means of access will be lost to non-expropriated part of her land.

• Explanation : Expropriation Values are determined by Local Civil Court of First Instance. Although she has paid for expropriation of her land, a contract has been made with her for a construction of a new house. For the means of access; tractor and pedestrian ways will be constructed under the project

• Turunç Yücetepe : She has not been informed although the tunnel is passing under her house.

• Explanation: The tunnel is passing nearly 40 m below the ground level and 100 m away from her house on the horizontal distance. She is informed that construction and operation activities of the tunnel will not create any adverse impact on her house. In addition, any explosive material will not be used for the tunnel construction. Moreover the construction of tunnel has not been started yet..

• Azimet Horus : She has been aggrieved because of expropriation of her house and land due to the project.

• Explanation: As indicated in the map given in Appendix-1, her house is located within the expropriated area (Expropriated House No. 2). Expropriation fee was paid to her. In addition, three new houses will be constructed since three families are accommodating at the existing house.

• Bayram Sabuncu : The village residents are aggrieved and they will not approve the project unless a new residential area is demonstrated.

• Explanation: His house has not been expropriated, only 450 m2 of his land has been expropriated. Total area expropriated for the project is 43.000 m2 which also includes 2 houses. The expropriation fees of each expropriated area were

4

determined by the legal experts and court. These expropriation fees were paid to all beneficiaries. In addition, 2 expropriated houses will be replaced by 4 new houses. As seen from this explanation, necessary precautions are taken to compensate the losses of local people. According to us, expropriation process done within this project does not require the replacement of the village.

• Şahin Demirbaş : The village residents are aggrieved because of this project and they will go to court to stop the project. He also wants to learn why their village is chosen for the project

• Explanation : The main reason of concerns of the village residents is expropriation of their land and houses. In order to compensate their losses, the expropriation fees determined by the local experts and court are paid to the beneficiaries and all expropriated houses will be replaced by the new ones.

It is thought that, the village is positively affected from the project by the creation of new employment opportunities by the construction and operation.

Five Hydroelectric Power Plants are planning to be constructed on the stream Kelkit as it is one of the important sources of water. Hydrology, water head and flow rate of Kelkit River are very suitable to set up hydroelectric power plants.

• Caner Yücetepe: They should be informed before the project begins. He wants to learn weather enough irrigation water will be supplied during the operation of the HEPP.

• Explanation: According to the previous EIA Regulation, “EIA is not required” decision was taken from the Provincial Directorate of Environment and Forestry since the installed power of the project is below 50 MW. To be able to get a loan from the World Bank, the EIA Report was prepared and the public consultation meeting was held at the time required by the Turkish and World Bank EIA Regulations.

During the operation period of the project, the amount of environmental water necessary to sustain the ecological life is calculated according to Public Waterworks Administration standards and found as 2.73 m3/sec. This amount of water will be released throughout the operation period.

• İbrahim Kaynar : He requests to be informed about every ecological and environmental impact of the project.

• Explanation : In order to inform the local people about the last versions of the EIA and EMP, the copies of each documents will be disclosed at the construction site. In addition, copies of EIA and EMP will be presented at the offices of Yaylacayi and Sarpkaya Village Heads. Therefore, public will be able to access these documents at anytime they wish.

5

• Mehmet Horus : He wants to learn the way to pass the tubes for the irrigation of the land above the canal.

• Explanation : Pedestrian and Tractor ways and also Inlets may be used for transport of water.

• Fatma Düşmez : Her land in front of the tunnel is expropriated so she cannot benefit from the rest of her land. She wants to be compensated due to her grievance.

• Explanation: The expropriation is a process concerning the land of the construction area. The excluding land is thought to be used by the owner. But in this case as the land is in front of the tunnel the construction company will compensate this owner’s grievance. TKB has taken a written commitment from the sponsor about compensation of her grievance.

6

APPENDIX-1. LOCATIONS OF EXPROPRIATED AND DAMAGED HOUSES


THE DESCRIPTION OF PERSONNEL WHO PREPARED EIA REPORT

PERSONNEL TABLE COMMITTED IN THE SCOPE OF THE PROFICIENCY CERTIFICATE

Name of the Project : Muratlı Weir, HEPP and Concrete Plant Project Owner : Armahes Engineering Consultance Energy Industry and

Trade Co. Location of the Project : Giresun Province, Camoluk District, Sarpkaya Village,

Sivas Province, Golova District, Yaylacayı Village, on Kelkit River

No of Proficiency Certificate : 33 Personnel Work for Related Item of the

Announce Name, Surname Occupation Responsible

From Signature

Environmental Engineer (Article 5/1-a)

Amac Bulent YAZICIOGLU Environmental Engineer All Report

Mustafa KAYA Mining Engineer Section IV.2.12 Section V.1.2

The personnel of the graduate from engineering or architecture faculties or faculty or academy or four-year academy or science or literature faculties (Article 5/1-b)

Cigdem Yaman KAYA Agriculture Engineer Section IV.2.7 Section IV.2.13

Banu YAZICIOGLU Geological Engineer Section IV.2.2 Section IV.2.3 Section IV.2.4 Personnel determined

by Scoping Commission

Ismail BAKISKAN Civil Engineer Section V.1.5 Section V.1.9

Report Coordinator (Article 5/1-c) Erol DEMIRCI Environmental Engineer All Report

(The personnel within the scope of Article 5/1-ç)

Seyma BILGEN Biologist Section IV.2.10 Section IV.2.11

AUTOBIOGRAPHY

NAME AND SURNAME EROL DEMIRCI

FATHER’S NAME MUZAFFER

DATE OF PLACE AND BIRTH ORDU /1972

OCCUPATION HIGH ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER

FOREIGN LANGUAGE ENGLISH

UNIVERSITY AND DEPARTMENT OF GRADUATION

MASTER OF SCIENCE , ONDOKUZ MAYIS UNIVERSITY, INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE, DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, ONDOKUZ MAYIS UNIVERSITY, FACULTY OF ENGINEERING, DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

WORK/HOME ADDRESS TELEPHONE NUMBER E-MAIL

Sumer-2 St.No:34/15 Kizilay/ANKARA Phn Nu:(0312) 231 41 69 Fax Nu: (0312) 230 23 69 [email protected]

INSTITUTIONS AND ORGANIZATIONS WORKED WITH

Teksu Co.Ltd., Ondokuz Mayis University Saricaoglu Cons. Eng. Co. Ltd. PPM Pollution Prevention and Management Co.Ltd.

BRIEF CV

He worked as a responsible project engineer in project companies and worked as a Researcher in Ondokuz Mayıs University , Environmental Engineering Department.He has knowledge and experience the subjects about Infrastructure projects, preparing EIA and Project Presentation Files ,wastewater treatment facilities and solid waste management .

AUTOBIOGRAPHY

NAME AND SURNAME MUSTAFA KAYA

FATHER’S NAME SAHIN

DATE OF PLACE AND BIRTH NEVSEHIR / 1968

OCCUPATION MINING ENGINEER



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ,MIDDLE EAST TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY , DEPARTMENT OF MINING ENGINEERING




PPM Pollution Prevention and Management Co.Ltd.

BRIEF CV He has knowledge and experience the subjects about preparing EIA and Project Presentation File and Mining.

AUTOBIOGRAPHY

NAME AND SURNAME CIGDEM YAMAN KAYA

FATHER’S NAME NURI

DATE OF PLACE AND BIRTH ANKARA / 1968

OCCUPATION AGRICULTURAL ENGINEER



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, ANKARA UNIVERSITY, FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF MINING ENGINEERING





BRIEF CV She has knowledge and experience the subjects about preparing EIA and Project Presentation File.

AUTOBIOGRAPHY

NAME AND SURNAME AMAC BULENT YAZICIOGLU

FATHER’S NAME OMER YUKSEL

DATE OF PLACE AND BIRTH SAMSUN / 1977

OCCUPATION ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE.,ONDOKUZ MAYIS UNIVERSITY , FACULTY OF ENGINEERING,DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING





BRIEF CV He has knowledge and experience the subjects about Infrastructure projects , preparing EIA and Project Presentation Files.

AUTOBIOGRAPHY

NAME AND SURNAME SEYMA BILGEN

FATHER’S NAME TEVFIK

DATE OF PLACE AND BIRTH ANKARA / 1982

OCCUPATION BIOLOGIST



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, ANKARA UNIVERSITY , FACULTY OF SCIENCE,DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY




PPM Pollution Prevention and Management Co.Ltd.(2008 - ) Ecological Research Association (2004-2006)

BRIEF CV She is experienced of the subjects about preparing Flora and Fauna in EIA and Project Presentation File.

AUTOBIOGRAPHY

NAME AND SURNAME ISMAIL BAKISKAN

FATHER’S NAME HUSEYIN

DATE OF PLACE AND BIRTH TASKOPRU / 1953

OCCUPATION CONSTRUCTION ENGINEER



MIDDLE EAST TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY , DEPARTMENT OF CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING


ARMAHES POWER GENERATION CO.


1976-Graduation 1983-1985 Yalcin Technical Co. (Construction Engineer) 1985-2000 Makyal Co.(Project Manager) 2001-2007 Yalcin Technical Co. (Administrator) 2008-2009 ARMAHES POWER GENERATION CO. ( Project Manager)

BRIEF CV He has knowledge and experience in his field.

BANU YAZICIOGLU Occupation : Geology Engineer Position : Project Manager E-mail : [email protected] EDUCATION Bachelor’s Degree: Kocaeli University, Faculty of Engineering, Department of Geology Engineering( 1998-2003) Master’s Degree: Kocaeli University, Faculty of Engineering, Department of Geology Engineering, Applied Department of Geology (2003-Currently) PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCES SHW VII. Region Office , Groundwater Branch, Samsun 2001, Engineer Apprentice Drinking water research projects, Dam study researches Land Apprenticeship of Soke District of Aydin Province Land Geology Researches Undergraduate Final Project 2003, Student Engineering Geology Investigations of Aslanbey Town of Kocaeli Province 2004- Currently PPM Pollution Prevention and Management Co. Ltd., Ankara Project Engineer COMPUTER: The Programs Under Windows ( Word, Excel, PowerPoint, FrontPage), Fortran77, Arcview 3.1 FOREIGN LANGUAGE English ( Advanced)

armahes power generation co. muratli weir, hepp & concrete ...

Documents